diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d7acca9ca..1fd1b8970 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-08 16:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-23 05:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Esteban Echeverry \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 10:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -7356,7 +7356,7 @@ msgid "" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " "cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " "defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received paiements. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 @@ -7370,22 +7370,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one taxe amount over the entire bill." +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods were only a purchase " +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy foreign tea for our " -"customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week " -"buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the " -"company's bank account." +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 @@ -7420,9 +7420,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later, will generate a " -"debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank " -"account." +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 27e886133..818ac9d16 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-04 14:41+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-23 05:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Esteban Echeverry \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 10:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Descritpion**." -msgstr "La **Plantilla de Descripción** le permite usar plantillas para sus listados. La plantilla por defecto sólo usa el campo de **Descripción eBay** del producto. Puede usar html dentro de la **Plantilla de Descripción** y en la **Descripción eBay**." +"Description**." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:22 msgid "Listing with variations" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 116f75a25..587eb922f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-22 11:35+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-07 15:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 09:31+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,67 +18,63 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 +#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo en línea" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started with Odoo Online" -msgstr "Primeros pasos con Odoo en línea" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" "This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " "**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" " our product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:9 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 msgid "" "*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " "kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " "have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 msgid "" "*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " "with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:18 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" "Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" " more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " "the implementation." msgstr "No espera a la reunión de lanzamiento para empezar a jugar con el software. Cuanto más se exponga a Odoo, más tiempo ahorrará más adelante durante la implementación." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:24 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 msgid "" "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" " by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " "can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:29 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " "someone else in your company, send an e-mail to `help@odoo.com " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:36 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 msgid "" "Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " "database ready to be used. **Don't be afraid of messing up the data**, it's " "very easy to duplicate your database, clean it or start a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:40 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" " to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " @@ -86,99 +82,99 @@ msgid "" "interface as shown in the picture below." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:46 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 msgid "|left_pic|" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:46 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 msgid "|right_pic|" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " "planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " "progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." msgstr "Cuando se haya familiarizado con el interfaz de usuario échele un vistazo a los planificadores de implantación. Puede acceder a ellos desde la aplicación de Ajustes o desde la barra de progreso superior, a la derecha de las aplicaciones principales." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 msgid "These implementation planners will:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:63 msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:63 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:65 msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:65 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:67 msgid "" "Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " "and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " "implementation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:72 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " "through all the steps. But you can also:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:75 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:77 msgid "" "Read the documentation on our website: " "`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:78 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 msgid "" "Or send your questions to our online support by e-mail at `help@odoo.com " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "What do we expect from you?" msgstr "¿Qué esperamos de usted?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" "We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services," " which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects" " are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " "slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to" " a successful project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:93 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 msgid "Your internal implementation manager" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on " "the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:101 msgid "" "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " "will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest " "implementations have a full time project manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:103 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:105 msgid "" "**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " "all departments of companies for the better. In such a project, you have a " @@ -187,44 +183,44 @@ msgid "" "things down." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:109 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 msgid "" "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. " "This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:114 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:116 msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:116 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " "level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an " "extremist in that direction.**" msgstr "Probablemente eligió Odoo porque ningún otros software le permite un nivel tan alto de automatización, características e integración. Pero **no sea extremista en ese sentido**." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:122 msgid "" "Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to " "the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:125 msgid "" "Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the " "remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project " "price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " "system(s) works." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 msgid "" "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want " "customizations, phase them in at the end of the project, ideally after going" @@ -234,53 +230,53 @@ msgid "" "working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:140 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:142 msgid "" "Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and " "measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" " them on the objectives." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:149 msgid "" "Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are " "with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be " "that much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:151 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:153 msgid "" "Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " "resources:" msgstr "No hay nada que sustituya a jugar con el software, pero aquí tiene algunos recursos adicionales:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:154 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:156 msgid "" "Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:159 msgid "" "Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" "Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 msgid "Get things done" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" "Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" "do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " @@ -288,73 +284,73 @@ msgid "" "install the Notes application." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 msgid "This module allows you to:" msgstr "Este módulo le permite:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:178 msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" msgstr "Gestionar listas de pendientes para una mejor interacción con su consultor;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:178 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:180 msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" msgstr "Compartir conocimiento de Odoo y buenas prácticas con sus empleados;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:180 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" "Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " "Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." msgstr "Conocer las herramientas genéricas de Odoo: mensajería, grupos de discusión, tablero Kanban, etc..." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:187 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:189 msgid "" "This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " "(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " "Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." msgstr "Esta aplicación incluso es compatible con la plataforma Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Para usar esos tableros colaborativos en lugar de las notas estándar de Odoo, instale el siguiente complemento: Tableros Memo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:192 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "What should you expect from us?" msgstr "¿Qué puede esperar de nosotros?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:195 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 msgid "Subscription Services" msgstr "Servicios de suscripción" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:198 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:200 msgid "Cloud Hosting" msgstr "Almacenamiento en la nube" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:200 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 msgid "" "Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " "different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " "instance in 10 minutes, and more!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " "`__\\" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:207 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:209 msgid "" "Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:212 msgid "" "Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "Support" msgstr "Soporte" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " @@ -363,41 +359,41 @@ msgid "" "subscription issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 msgid "" "Send your support requests to: `help@odoo.com `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:227 msgid "" "Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " "or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " "manager, as part of the Success Pack." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:230 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 msgid "Upgrades" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 msgid "" "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " "button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " "is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 msgid "" "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " "evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply email " "`help@odoo.com `__ to make this request." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:244 msgid "Success Pack Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:244 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 msgid "" "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " "dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " @@ -405,29 +401,29 @@ msgid "" "/pricing-packs `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 msgid "" "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " "your success pack." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "His/her role includes:" msgstr "Su rol incluye:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:257 msgid "" "**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" " the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " "features." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 msgid "" "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " "sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " @@ -435,36 +431,36 @@ msgid "" "consultant." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 msgid "" "**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " "and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " "structures, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272 msgid "" "**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " "prepared by the project manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:273 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 msgid "" "If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra" " services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "**Customization of screens**" msgstr "**Personalización de pantallas**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to " "developers for advanced customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started with no " "extra cost. However, our project manager have access to designers and " @@ -472,30 +468,30 @@ msgid "" "of your success pack." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288 msgid "" "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 msgid "Implementation Methodology" msgstr "Metodología de implantación" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296 msgid "" "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:297 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:299 msgid "" "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " "progressively, by groups of apps." msgstr "Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305 msgid "" "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is, for our project manager, to come to an" " understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " @@ -503,25 +499,25 @@ msgid "" "fully use in production at the end of the phase." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:309 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313 msgid "" "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" " business process and configure according to your specific needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 msgid "" "**Data:** are created manually or imported from your existing system. You " "are responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's " "project manager will import them in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:320 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:322 msgid "" "**Training:** once the applications are set up and the data imported, you " "have to train your users on the environment that is perfectly working. There" @@ -529,11 +525,11 @@ msgid "" " and process your feedback. (\\*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:327 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." msgstr "**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo está entrenado, sus usuarios comienzan a usar Odoo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330 msgid "" "(\\*) *Before the training, our project manager will have done the " "customizations that are required to go into production. If you can use the " @@ -542,38 +538,38 @@ msgid "" "phase below).*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:334 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:336 msgid "" "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" " and reports**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 msgid "" "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:344 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:346 msgid "Managing your databases" msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:346 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348 msgid "" "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" " with test data!" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 msgid "" "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " @@ -581,23 +577,23 @@ msgid "" "page and click **Duplicate**." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 msgid "Customer Success" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:372 msgid "" "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers, and ensuring that they " "have all the resources needed to complete their project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:373 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 msgid "" "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " "manager, and eventually the support team." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378 msgid "" "Once your are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " "your project manager. At that time, we will assign you a member of our " @@ -606,12 +602,12 @@ msgid "" " you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:385 msgid "" "Our internal goal is to keep a customer at least for 10 years, and offer " "them a solution the grows with their needs!" msgstr "¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente po, al menos, 10 años, y ofrecerles una solución que crece con sus necesidades!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 9163bc66f..06f59d2a8 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-10 14:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-24 19:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandra Escandón Del Real \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ msgstr "También puede usar la facturación de proyecto por porcentajes del proy #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" @@ -986,6 +987,246 @@ msgstr "Productos & Precios" msgid "Prices Management" msgstr "Gestión de precios" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " +"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " +"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " +"every sale of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/discount.rst:3 msgid "How to apply discounts and limited offers?" msgstr "¿Cómo aplicar descuentos y ofertas limitadas?" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index e28040c52..eb687dcff 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-08 16:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-21 12:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 08:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,29 +19,87 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" msgstr "Sitio Web" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To setup the signin process with Google, first you have to perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Connect on your google account and go to " +"https://console.developers.google.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 +msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)" +" and activate **\"Analytics API\"** by clicking on button \"OFF\". When it's" +" done, check that the button of **\"Calendar API\"** is well in green and " +"with text \"ON\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu **\"Credentials\"** (from menu" +" APIs and auth) and click on button **\"Create New Client ID\"**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Name of application and check that the platform is well on " +"**\"Web Application\"**. You should now configure the allowed pages on which" +" you will be redirected. To do it, you need to complete the field " +"**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " +"``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" +" ID\"**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you will have the both informations (**Client ID** and **Client " +"Secret**) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 +msgid "Click on **Apply**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo es manejo SEO en Odoo?" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:10 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:8 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "Buscar Optimización de Motor (SEO) es un paquete de buenas practicas para optimizar su sitio web tanto que tendrá un mejor nivel en motores de búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas visitantes." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:14 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:12 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " "should have one and only one title ``

``, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de reglas de SEO: sus páginas web deben cargar más rápido, tu página debe tener uno y sólo un título ``

``, su sitio web debe tener un archivo `` / sitemap.xml``, etc." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:18 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:16 msgid "" "The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " "consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " @@ -49,15 +107,15 @@ msgid "" " and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:25 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:23 msgid "Page speed" msgstr "Página Rápida " -#: ../../website/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:26 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:30 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:28 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " "website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " @@ -69,49 +127,49 @@ msgid "" "could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:42 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "Afortunadamente, Odoo hace toda la magia por ti. Debajo, encontraras los trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:44 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:48 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:46 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:49 msgid "Static resources: CSS" msgstr "Recursos Inalterables: CSS" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:53 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server side and browser side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:58 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:56 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:60 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:64 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" " a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -121,49 +179,49 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**Both files in the **" msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el **" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:81 -#: ../../website/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:121 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:82 ../../website/seo.rst:124 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:80 ../../website/seo.rst:122 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:77 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:77 ../../website/seo.rst:78 ../../website/seo.rst:83 -#: ../../website/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:76 ../../website/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:123 msgid "}" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:80 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:78 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:86 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:84 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" @@ -175,7 +233,7 @@ msgid "" "number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:96 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:94 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -184,7 +242,7 @@ msgid "" "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:102 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:100 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -196,85 +254,85 @@ msgid "" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:112 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:110 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:114 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:122 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:122 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:128 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:129 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " "pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " "the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:137 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:135 msgid "" "If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " "minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:140 msgid "Static resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:144 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:142 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:145 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de paquetes Javascript:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:147 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, …)" msgstr "Una por todas las páginas del sitio web (incluyendo el código para efectos de paralaje, para validación, ...) " -#: ../../website/seo.rst:152 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:150 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:155 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:153 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:156 msgid "" "Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -282,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "Mas visitantes para su sitio web solo necesita los primeros dos lotes, resultando como máximo de dos archivos Javascript para cargar al dejar una página. Como esos archivos son compartidos a través de todas las páginas, más clics por el mismo visitante no cargaran ningún otro recurso de Javascript." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:164 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:162 msgid "" "If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " "nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" @@ -290,25 +348,25 @@ msgid "" "from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:170 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:168 msgid "Images" msgstr "Imagenes" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:172 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:170 msgid "" "When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " "compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " ".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:174 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -316,18 +374,18 @@ msgid "" "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:188 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ```` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " "attributes for the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:197 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:195 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:202 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:200 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -335,99 +393,99 @@ msgid "" "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:209 msgid "CDN" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:211 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:215 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:220 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:218 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su propio servidor)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:221 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:227 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:225 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:232 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "Páginas HTML" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:234 msgid "" "Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " ":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " "space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:243 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:241 msgid "" "On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " "handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:246 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:244 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:248 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:254 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:252 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:256 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:254 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:259 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:257 msgid "``

My Text

``" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:262 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:260 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Diseño Responsive" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:264 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:262 msgid "" "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " "efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:270 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " @@ -435,11 +493,11 @@ msgid "" "to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:277 msgid "Browser caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:281 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:279 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -450,17 +508,17 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:288 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:286 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:294 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Escalabilidad" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:298 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:296 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " @@ -468,47 +526,47 @@ msgid "" "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:303 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:301 msgid "" "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:305 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:303 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:310 msgid "URLs handling" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:315 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:313 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "Estructura de las URL" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:317 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:315 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:319 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:317 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:321 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:319 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:323 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:321 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:323 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:327 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " @@ -516,14 +574,14 @@ msgid "" " of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:333 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:331 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" " name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:338 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:336 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -532,113 +590,113 @@ msgid "" "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:345 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:343 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:347 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:345 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:350 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:348 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:352 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:350 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:352 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:357 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:355 msgid "" "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:359 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:364 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:362 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:364 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:368 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:366 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:370 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:368 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:372 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:370 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:376 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:374 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:379 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" " most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " "been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:384 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:382 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:384 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:389 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:387 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" msgstr "Odoo actualizará automáticamente todos los links a la nueva URL." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:391 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:389 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website" msgstr "Si los sitios web externos todavía señalan a la antigua URL, una redirección 301 se hará a los visitantes de la ruta a la nueva página web" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:394 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:392 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:396 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:394 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:398 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:396 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" msgstr "Se redirigirá automáticamente a:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:400 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:398 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:402 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:400 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -646,11 +704,11 @@ msgid "" "redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:408 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:406 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:410 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:408 msgid "" "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " @@ -658,86 +716,86 @@ msgid "" " a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:414 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:416 msgid "" "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " "linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:421 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" msgstr "Odoo sigue las siguientes estrategias para la gestión de links:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:423 msgid "" "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " "page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:429 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:427 msgid "" "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:432 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:430 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:437 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:435 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:442 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:440 msgid "Multi-language support" msgstr "Soporte Multilenguaje" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:445 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:443 msgid "Multi-language URLs" msgstr "URLs Multilenguaje" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:445 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:450 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:448 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " "default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:450 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:454 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:459 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:457 msgid "Language annotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:459 msgid "" "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML " @@ -745,34 +803,34 @@ msgid "" "pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:464 msgid "" "" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:469 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:467 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "Con este enfoque:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:469 msgid "" "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" msgstr "Google sabe las diferentes versiones traducidas de su página y propondrá el más adecuado según el idioma del visitante que busca en Google." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:475 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:473 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " "content." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:480 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:478 msgid "Language detection" msgstr "Detección de lenguaje. " -#: ../../website/seo.rst:482 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:480 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -780,14 +838,14 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:487 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:485 msgid "" "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " "language to avoid any redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:489 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -795,15 +853,15 @@ msgid "" "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:496 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:499 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:503 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ````, ``<description>`` and " "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " @@ -812,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "people search in Google." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:509 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:507 msgid "" "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " @@ -820,13 +878,13 @@ msgid "" "keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:518 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page;" msgstr "Si su sitio web está en varios idiomas, puede utilizar la herramienta Promociona para cada lenguaje de una sola página;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:519 msgid "" "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " @@ -834,24 +892,24 @@ msgid "" "blog posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:528 msgid "" "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " "information." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:533 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:537 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:535 msgid "" "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "Odoo generará el archivo ``/sitemap.xml`` automáticamente para ti. Por motivos de rendimiento, este archivo se almacena en caché y se actualiza cada 12 horas." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:540 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:538 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -860,22 +918,22 @@ msgid "" "chunks per file." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:544 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:546 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:550 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:553 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -883,11 +941,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:560 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:564 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:562 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -895,13 +953,13 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:567 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:572 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:570 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -909,35 +967,35 @@ msgid "" "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:580 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:584 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " "content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:587 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:585 msgid "User-agent: \\*" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:587 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:590 msgid "Content is king" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:592 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your contents on your website:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:597 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:595 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " @@ -945,61 +1003,61 @@ msgid "" "/public-channel-1>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:599 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" " Odoo.com landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:603 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:608 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:613 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:611 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:616 msgid "Social Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:621 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:619 msgid "Twitter Cards" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:623 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:621 msgid "" "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " "version." msgstr "Odoo no implementa \"Tarjetas de Twitter\" todavía. Esto se hará para la siguiente versión." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:625 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Red Social" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:629 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:627 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" " **Website Admin** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:632 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:636 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:634 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index f4cd2b01d..48f583ab0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-08 16:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-26 09:08+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 19:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " "empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " "process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vul gewoon de velden in naar gelang de informatie die u vind op uw bankafschrift. De referentie kan manueel ingevuld worden of u kan deze leeg laten. We raden u aan om de partner in te vullen om het afletter proces te vergemakkelijken." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Met Odoo kan u een OFX bestand downloaden van uw bank of boekhoudingssoftware en deze rechtstreeks in uw Odoo instantie importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7163,7 +7163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu gaan we terug naar het bankafschrift en openen we de afletter weergave." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" @@ -7351,7 +7351,7 @@ msgid "" " for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " "cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " "defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received paiements. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 @@ -7365,22 +7365,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 msgid "" "Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one taxe amount over the entire bill." +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods were only a purchase " +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " "receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " "handle them in accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy foreign tea for our " -"customers from a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week " -"buy 50 euros worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the " -"company's bank account." +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 @@ -7415,9 +7415,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " "Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later, will generate a " -"debt accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank " -"account." +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 @@ -8336,7 +8335,7 @@ msgid "" "documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afhankelijk van de zaak en de applicatie die u gebruikt zijn er verschillende manieren om het facturatieproces te automatiseren naar klanten. Meestal worden concept facturen aangemaakt door het systeem (met informatie komende van andere documenten zoals verkooporders of contracten) en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8406,7 +8405,7 @@ msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Op deze manier, indien u een deel van een order levert, factureert u enkel wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -9025,7 +9024,7 @@ msgstr "**Betaalmethode**: Kredietkaart" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf de factuur referentie" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" @@ -9034,7 +9033,7 @@ msgstr "Kredietkaarten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De factuur is gemarkeerd als betaald vanaf u de kredietkaart betaling registreert." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -9073,7 +9072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Memo**: schrijf het kredietkaart transactie nummer" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9117,7 +9116,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`followup`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe betaald worden en klantenopvolging organiseren?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9129,11 +9128,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klanten opvolgen: een stap per stap handleiding" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Openstaande betalingen opkuisen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9325,7 +9324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DSO: uw performantie meten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -9374,7 +9373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:20 msgid "As of today, Odoo only support the normal Paypal Merchant Account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanaf vandaag ondersteunt Odoo enkel het normale PayPal handelaars account." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" @@ -9399,7 +9398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:42 msgid "Creating and configuring a PayPal merchant account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een PayPal handelaarsaccount aanmaken en configureren" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Create a basic Paypal account" @@ -9407,7 +9406,7 @@ msgstr "Een basis Paypal account aanmaken" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:47 msgid "Existing or newly created Personal Paypal account can be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een bestaand of nieuw persoonlijk PayPal account kan gebruikt worden." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:49 msgid "Or upgrade your account to Business account (merchant) if needed" @@ -9429,7 +9428,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:66 msgid "Access \"Website preferences\" and configure Auto Return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ga naar \"Website voorkeuren\" en configureer Auto terugkeer" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" @@ -9466,7 +9465,7 @@ msgstr "**Notificatie URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:90 msgid "verify that your Notify URL uses the correct protocol (HTTP / HTTPS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "controleer dat uw notificatie URL het juiste protocol gebruikt (HTTP / HTTPS)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:92 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 5c5156cd2..02d73a47d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-04 14:41+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-13 15:17+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-30 14:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Descritpion**." +"Description**." msgstr "Het **Omschrijving sjabloon** staat u toe om sjablonen te gebruiken voor uw aanbiedingen. Het standaard sjabloon gebruikt enkel het **eBay omschrijving** veld van het product. U kan HTML gebruiken in het **Omschrijving sjabloon** en in de **eBay omschrijving**." #: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:22 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 9c86c36e7..ecc7ebee4 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-22 11:35+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-18 10:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-29 09:31+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,67 +18,63 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 +#: ../../getting_started.rst:5 ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Aan de slag" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started with Odoo Online" -msgstr "Aan de slag met Odoo Online" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" "This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " "**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" " our product." msgstr "Dit document vat **Odoo's Online diensten** samen, ons **Implementatie succes pak** en de **beste methodes** om te starten met ons product." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:9 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 msgid "" "*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " "kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " "have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" msgstr "*We raden aan dat nieuwe Odoo Online klanten dit document lezen voor de kick-of met hun projectleider. Op deze manier besparen we tijd en moeten we geen uren van uw succes pak gebruiken om de basis te bespreken.*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 msgid "" "*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " "with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" msgstr "*Indien u dit document niet heeft gelezen zal onze projectleider het met u overlopen tijdens het kick-off gesprek.*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:18 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Aan de slag" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 msgid "" "Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" " more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " "the implementation." msgstr "Wacht niet tot de kick-off meeting om te beginnen spelen met de software. Hoe meer u met Odoo in aanraking komt hoe meer tijd u later zal besparen tijdens de implementatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:24 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 msgid "" "Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" " by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " "can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." msgstr "Eenmaal u een Odoo online abonnement aankoopt ontvangt u via e-mail instructies over hoe u uw database kan activeren of aanmaken. Vanuit deze e-mail kan u uw huidige database activeren of een nieuwe vanaf nul aanmaken." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:29 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " "someone else in your company, send an e-mail to `help@odoo.com " "<mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." msgstr "Indien u deze e-mail niet ontvangen heeft, bijvoorbeeld omdat de betaling door iemand anders in uw bedrijf is gedaan, verzend u best een e-mail naar `help@odoo.com <mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:36 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 msgid "" "Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " "database ready to be used. **Don't be afraid of messing up the data**, it's " "very easy to duplicate your database, clean it or start a new one." msgstr "Vul het aanmeld of registratiescherm in en u krijgt uw eerste Odoo database die klaar is om te gebruiken. **Wees niet bang om de data te verpesten**, het is heel gemakkelijk om uw database te dupliceren, maak ze proper of start een nieuwe database." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:40 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" " to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " @@ -86,99 +82,99 @@ msgid "" "interface as shown in the picture below." msgstr "Om bekend te geraken met de gebruikersinterface neemt u best een paar minuten de tijd om items aan te maken: *producten, klanten, opportuniteiten of projecten / taken*. Volg de flikkerende bollen die uw tips geven over de interface zoals u ziet in onderstaande afbeelding." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:46 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 msgid "|left_pic|" msgstr "|left_pic|" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:46 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:48 msgid "|right_pic|" msgstr "|right_pic|" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " "planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " "progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." msgstr "Eenmaal u bekend geraakt met de interface neemt u best een kijkje naar de implementatie planners. Deze zijn toegankelijk vanuit de Instellingen app, of vanuit de bovenste voortgangsbalk in de rechter bovenkant van de hoofdapplicatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 msgid "These implementation planners will:" msgstr "Deze implementatie planners zullen:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," msgstr "helpen u met het definiëren van uw doelen en KPI's voor elke applicatie," -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:63 msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," msgstr "helpen u door de verschillende configuratie stappen," -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:63 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:65 msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." msgstr "en geven uw tips en trucjes om het meeste uit Odoo te halen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:65 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:67 msgid "" "Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " "and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " "implementation process." msgstr "Vul de eerste stappen van de implementatie planners in (doelen, verwachtingen en KPI's). Onze projectleider controleert deze met u tijdens het implementatieproces." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:72 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:74 msgid "" "If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " "through all the steps. But you can also:" msgstr "Indien u vragen heeft of ondersteuning nodig heeft zal onze projectleider u doorheen alle stappen helpen. Maar u kan ook:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:75 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:77 msgid "" "Read the documentation on our website: " "`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" msgstr "Lees de documentatie op onze website: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:78 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 msgid "" "Or send your questions to our online support by e-mail at `help@odoo.com " "<mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." msgstr "Of verzend uw vragen naar onze online support via e-mail naar `help@odoo.com <mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "What do we expect from you?" msgstr "Wat verwachten wij van u?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 msgid "" "We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services," " which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects" " are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months." msgstr "We leverden volledige projecten binnen 25 tot 250 uren op, wat veel sneller is dan eender welke ERP leverancier op de markt. De meeste projecten worden voltooid binnen 1 tot 4 kalendermaanden." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " "slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, here is what leads to" " a successful project." msgstr "Maar wat werkelijk het verschil is **tussen een succesvolle implementatie en een trage ben jij, de klant!** Vanuit onze ervaring lijdt het volgende tot een succesvol project." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:93 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 msgid "Your internal implementation manager" msgstr "Uw interne implementatie beheerder" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on " "the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:" msgstr "We vragen u voor één contactpersoon uit uw bedrijf om te werken met onze projectleider. Om efficiënt te zijn moet deze persoon:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:101 msgid "" "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " "will slow down the implementation. More is better, the fastest " "implementations have a full time project manager." msgstr "**wees minstens 2 volledige dagen per week beschikbaar** voor het project, anders vertraagt u de implementatie. Meer is beter, de snelste implementaties hebben een full time projectleider." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:103 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:105 msgid "" "**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " "all departments of companies for the better. In such a project, you have a " @@ -187,44 +183,44 @@ msgid "" "things down." msgstr "**heb de autoriteit om beslissing te nemen** op uw eigen. Odoo transformeert normaal gezien alle departementen van bedrijven. In zo een project moet u veel beslissingen maken gebaseerd op kleine details. Als er te veel heen en weer getrek is tussen verschillende beslissingsnemers kan dit mogelijk alles aanzienlijk vertragen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:109 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 msgid "" "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies at most departments. " "This person must have the support, or be part, of the top management." msgstr "**heb het leiderschap** om beleidsregels aan te leren en toe te passen in de meeste departementen. Deze persoon moet de ondersteuning hebben of deel uitmaken van het bestuur." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:114 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:116 msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%" msgstr "integreer 95% van uw zaken, geen 100%" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:116 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 msgid "" "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " "level of automation, feature coverage and integration. But **don't be an " "extremist in that direction.**" msgstr "U heeft waarschijnlijk voor Odoo gekozen omdat geen andere software zo een hoog niveau van automatisatie, eigenschappen en integratie bevat. Maar **wees geen extremist in deze richting.**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:122 msgid "" "Customizations cost you money, are more complex to maintain, add risks to " "the implementation and can cause issues with upgrades." msgstr "Maatwerk kost u geld, is moeilijker te onderhouden, voegt risico aan de implementatie toe en kan problemen geven bij het upgraden." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:125 msgid "" "Standard Odoo can probably cover 95% of your business. Be flexible on the " "remaining 5%, otherwise that 5% will cost you twice the original project " "price. One always underestimates the hidden costs of customization." msgstr "De standaard Odoo kan waarschijnlijk 95% van uw zaken omvatten. Wees flexibel met de andere 5%, anders zal deze andere 5% u dubbel de originele projectprijs kosten. Men onderschat altijd de verborgen kosten van maatwerk." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" "**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " "system(s) works." msgstr "**Doe het op de Odoo manier, niet uw manier**. Wees flexibel, gebruiker Odoo waarvoor het ontworpen is. Leer hoe het werkt en probeer niet te repliceren hoe uw oude systeem werkt." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 msgid "" "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want " "customizations, phase them in at the end of the project, ideally after going" @@ -234,53 +230,53 @@ msgid "" "working than customizing a screen to add fields or automate a few e-mails." msgstr "**Het project eerst, maatwerk tweedes.** Indien u echt maatwerk wilt faseert u deze best naar het einde van het project, ideaal gezien nadat u in productie gaat. Eenmaal een klant start met het gebruik van Odoo laten ze meestal ongeveer 60% van het maatwerk vallen naarmate ze leren dit te doen via de standaard Odoo manier. Het is belangrijker al uw bedrijfsprocessen werkend te hebben dan een scherm aan te passen om velden toe te voegen of een paar e-mails te automatiseren." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:140 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:142 msgid "" "Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decision and " "measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" " them on the objectives." msgstr "Onze projectleiders zijn getraind om u te helpen met het maken van de juiste beslissingen en een compromis te vinden maar het is gemakkelijker als u op één lijn zit met hen over de doelen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" msgstr "Investeer tijd in het leren werken met Odoo" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:149 msgid "" "Start your free trial. Play with the system. The more comfortable you are " "with Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the training phase will be " "that much easier." msgstr "Start uw gratis trial. Speel met het systeem. Hoe comfortabeler u bent met Odoo, hoe beter uw beslissingen zullen zijn en hoe gemakkelijker de opleidingsfase zal zijn." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:151 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:153 msgid "" "Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " "resources:" msgstr "Niets vervangt spelen met software, maar hier zijn wat extra hulpmiddelen:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:154 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:156 msgid "" "Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" msgstr "Documentatie: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:159 msgid "" "Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" msgstr "Introductie Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos <https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 msgid "" "Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " "<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" msgstr "Klanten-reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 <https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 msgid "Get things done" msgstr "Krijg dingen gedaan" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "" "Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" "do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " @@ -288,73 +284,73 @@ msgid "" "install the Notes application." msgstr "Wilt u een gemakkelijke manier om te starten met Odoo? Installeer Odoo Notities om uw to do lijst voor de implementatie te beheren: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes <https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. Vanuit de Odoo homepagina gaat u naar Apps en installeert u de Notities applicatie." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 msgid "This module allows you to:" msgstr "Deze module staat u toe om:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:178 msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" msgstr "Beheer te doe lijsten voor betere interacties met uw consultant;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:178 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:180 msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" msgstr "Deel Odoo kennis & goede gewoontes met uw werknemers;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:180 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 msgid "" "Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " "Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." msgstr "Maak kennis met alle generieke tools van Odoo: Berichten, Discussie groepen, Kanban Dashboards, enz." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:187 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:189 msgid "" "This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " "(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " "Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." msgstr "Deze applicatie is zelfs compatibel met het Etherpad platform (http://etherpad.org). Om deze samenwerkingspaden te gebruiker over de standaard Odoo notitites installeert u de volgende add-on: Memo's Pad." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:192 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 msgid "What should you expect from us?" msgstr "Wat zou u van ons moeten verwachten?" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:195 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 msgid "Subscription Services" msgstr "Abboneringsdiensten" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:198 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:200 msgid "Cloud Hosting" msgstr "Cloud hosting" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:200 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 msgid "" "Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " "different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " "instance in 10 minutes, and more!" msgstr "Odoo biedt een top kwaliteit cloud infrastructuur aan inclusief back-ups in drie verschillende datacenters, database replicatie, de mogelijkheid om uw database te dupliceren in 10 minuten en meer!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" msgstr "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:207 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:209 msgid "" "Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " "<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" msgstr "Odoo Online beveiliging: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:212 msgid "" "Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" msgstr "Privébeleid: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy <https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 msgid "" "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " "extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " @@ -363,41 +359,41 @@ msgid "" "subscription issues." msgstr "Uw Odoo Online abonnement bevat een **ongelimiteerde ondersteuningsdienst aan geen extra kosten, 24/5, maandag tot vrijdag**. Om 24u te dekken zitten onze teams in San Francisco, België en India. Vragen kunnen over eender wat gaan, van: hoe te gebruiken of configureren, bugfix aanvragen, betalingen of abonnement problemen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 msgid "" "Send your support requests to: `help@odoo.com <mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." msgstr "Verzend uw ondersteuningsaanvragen naar: `help@odoo.com <mailto:online@odoo.com>`__." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:227 msgid "" "Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " "or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " "manager, as part of the Success Pack." msgstr "Opmerking: Het Odoo ondersteuningsteam kan geen nieuwe opties bijbouwen, maatwerk doen, data importeren of uw gebruikers opleiden. Deze diensten zijn aangeboden door onze toegewezen projectleider, als onderdeel van het sucees pakket." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:230 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 msgid "Upgrades" msgstr "Upgrades" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 msgid "" "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " "button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " "is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." msgstr "Eenmalig elke twee maanden brengt Odoo een nieuwe versie uit. U krijgt een upgrade knop binnen het **Beheer uw databases** scherm. Het upgraden van uw database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe mogelijkheden." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 msgid "" "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " "evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply email " "`help@odoo.com <mailto:help@odoo.com>`__ to make this request." msgstr "Wij bieden de optie aan om te upgraden in een test omgevingen zodat u een nieuwe versie kan evalueren of uw team kan opleiding voor de uitrol. E-mail simpelweg `help@odoo.com <mailto:help@odoo.com>`__ om dit te vragen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:244 msgid "Success Pack Services" msgstr "Succes pak diensten" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:244 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 msgid "" "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " "dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " @@ -405,29 +401,29 @@ msgid "" "/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" msgstr "Het succes pak is een pakket van eersteklas gebaseerde diensten uitgevoerd door een toegewezen projectleider en bedrijfsanalist. De lijst van diensten van onze succes pakketten staat online uitgeschreven: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251 msgid "" "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " "defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " "your success pack." msgstr "Het doel van de projectleider is om u naar productie te helpen binnen de gedefinieerde tijdspanne en budget, zoals het initiële aantal uren opgegeven in het succes pakket." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 msgid "His/her role includes:" msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:257 msgid "" "**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" " the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " "features." msgstr "**Projectbeheer:** controleer uw doelstellingen & verwachtingen, fases van de implementatie (routekaart), mappen van uw bedrijf zijn noden en de Odoo mogelijkheden." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." msgstr "**Aangepaste ondersteuning:** via telefoon, e-mail of webinar." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 msgid "" "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " "sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " @@ -435,36 +431,36 @@ msgid "" "consultant." msgstr "**Training, begeleiding en consultancy of locatie:** trainingen van op afstand via delen van het scherm of training op locatie. Voor onze trainingen op locatie wordt er een extra vergoeding gevraagd voor de verplaatsing en accommodatie van uw consultant." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268 msgid "" "**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " "and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " "structures, etc.)" msgstr "**Configuratie:** beslissingen over hoe specifieke noden in Odoo moeten geïmplementeerd worden en geavanceerde configuratie. (bijvoorbeeld logistieke routes, geavanceerde prijsstructuren, enz.)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272 msgid "" "**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " "prepared by the project manager." msgstr "**Data import**: wij kunnen dit doen of u ondersteunen met een sjabloon gemaakt voor de projectleider." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:273 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275 msgid "" "If you have subscribed to a **Custom App**, you benefit from following extra" " services:" msgstr "Indien u zich geabonneerd heeft op een **Maatwerk App**, profiteert u van de volgende extra diensten:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 msgid "**Customization of screens**" msgstr "**Personalisering van schermen**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 msgid "" "**Customization of reports (PDF):** our project managers have access to " "developers for advanced customizations." msgstr "**Aanpassingen van rapporten (PDF):** onze projectleiders hebben toegang tot ontwikkelaars voor geavanceerde aanpassingen." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 msgid "" "**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started with no " "extra cost. However, our project manager have access to designers and " @@ -472,30 +468,30 @@ msgid "" "of your success pack." msgstr "**Website design:** standaard thema's worden aangeboden om te starten zonder extra kosten. Hoewel onze projectleider toegang heeft tot ontwerpers en ontwikkelaars indien u een gepersonaliseerd thema nodig heeft. Hun uren gebruiken uren van uw succes pak." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:288 msgid "" "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." msgstr "**Werkstroom automatiseringen:** bijvoorbeeld waardes in velden instellen gebaseerd op trigger, reminders verzenden via e-mail, automatische acties, enz. Voor elke geavanceerde automatisering heeft onze projectleider toegang tot Odoo ontwikkelaars." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 msgid "Implementation Methodology" msgstr "Implementatie methodologie" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296 msgid "" "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" " in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." msgstr "We volgen een **praktijkgerichte methodologie** die gebruikt wordt om klanten op een korte periode in productie te brengen en dat aan een lage kostprijs." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:297 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:299 msgid "" "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " "progressively, by groups of apps." msgstr "Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te rollen, per groep of app." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305 msgid "" "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is, for our project manager, to come to an" " understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " @@ -503,25 +499,25 @@ msgid "" "fully use in production at the end of the phase." msgstr "Het doel van het **Kick-off gesprek** is, voor onze projectleider, om te begrijpen hoe uw bedrijf werkt om een implementatieproces voor te stellen (fasering). Elke fase is de implementatie van een set applicaties die u volledig in productie gebruikt aan het einde van de fase." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:309 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:313 msgid "" "**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " "with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" " business process and configure according to your specific needs." msgstr "**Opstart:** Odoo's projectleider controleert de Odoo bedrijfsflows met u, naar gelang uw zaak. Het doel is om u te trainen, de bedrijfsprocessen te valideren en configureren naar uw specifieke noden." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318 msgid "" "**Data:** are created manually or imported from your existing system. You " "are responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's " "project manager will import them in Odoo." msgstr "**Data:** is manueel aangemaakt of geïmporteerd vanuit uw huidige systeem. U bent verantwoordelijk om de data van uw huidige systeem te exporteren en de Odoo projectleider zal deze data importeren in Odoo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:320 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:322 msgid "" "**Training:** once the applications are set up and the data imported, you " "have to train your users on the environment that is perfectly working. There" @@ -529,11 +525,11 @@ msgid "" " and process your feedback. (\\*)" msgstr "**Training:** eenmaal de applicaties opgezet zijn en de data geïmporteerd is moet u uw gebruikers trainen op de omgeving die perfect werkt. Er zal wat heen en weer verkeer zijn tussen de projectleider om vragen te beantwoorden en uw feedback te verwerken. (\\*)" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:327 msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." msgstr "**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het gebruiken van Odoo." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330 msgid "" "(\\*) *Before the training, our project manager will have done the " "customizations that are required to go into production. If you can use the " @@ -542,38 +538,38 @@ msgid "" "phase below).*" msgstr "(\\*) *Voor de training zal onze projectleider het maatwerk dat nodig is om in productie te gaan gedaan hebben. Indien u de software kan gebruiken zonder dit maatwerk (zelfs als het extra manuele taken nodig heeft), duwen wij deze wijzigingen nadat u in productie gaat (zie onderstaande fase).*" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:334 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:336 msgid "" "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " "**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" " and reports**)." msgstr "Eenmaal u comfortabel bent met het gebruik van Odoo optimaliseren wij het proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 msgid "" "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " "project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " "needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." msgstr "Eenmaal alle applicaties uitgerold zijn en gebruikers comfortabel zijn met Odoo zal onze projectleider niet meer werken aan uw project (tenzij uw nieuwe noden heeft) en gebruikt u de ondersteuningsdienst als u verder vragen heeft." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:344 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:346 msgid "Managing your databases" msgstr "Uw databases beheren" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:346 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:348 msgid "" "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." msgstr "Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:352 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" " with test data!" msgstr "Odoo geeft u de mogelijkheid om het systeem te testen voordat u live gaat of voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met test data!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:356 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358 msgid "" "In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " "for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " @@ -581,23 +577,23 @@ msgid "" "page and click **Duplicate**." msgstr "In dat opzicht kan u zoveel trials aanmaken als u wilt (beschikbaar voor 15 dagen). Deze instanties kunnen direct gekopieerd worden naar werkende omgevingen. Om dit te doen gaat u naar het Odoo.com account op de **Mijn Organisaties** pagina en klikt u op **Dupliceren**." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:368 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 msgid "Customer Success" msgstr "Klanten succes" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:372 msgid "" "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers, and ensuring that they " "have all the resources needed to complete their project." msgstr "Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:373 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 msgid "" "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " "manager, and eventually the support team." msgstr "Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en eventueel het ondersteuningsteam." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378 msgid "" "Once your are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " "your project manager. At that time, we will assign you a member of our " @@ -606,12 +602,12 @@ msgid "" " you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc." msgstr "Eenmaal u in productie hebt heeft u waarschijnlijk minder interactie met onze projectleider. Op dit moment wijzen wij u een lid van het klant succes team toe die gespecialiseerd is in de lange termijn relatie met onze klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:383 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:385 msgid "" "Our internal goal is to keep a customer at least for 10 years, and offer " "them a solution the grows with their needs!" msgstr "Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388 msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 5094ddc9e..c351948f8 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-26 08:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 15:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Een stap (verzending)**: Verzend direct vanuit stock" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -925,11 +925,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "één stap flow" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lees aub de documentatie op :doc:`one_step`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op de verzamellijst die u wilt verwerken." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1332,13 +1332,13 @@ msgstr "Installeer de Voorraad module" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoek naar de **Magazijn** module en installeer ze vanuit het **App** menu." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" " orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U moet ook de **Verkopen** module installeren om verkooporders te kunnen aanmaken." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "Maak een verkooporder" msgid "" "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " "deliver." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanuit de **Verkopen** menu maakt u een verkooporder met een paar producten die geleverd moeten worden." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " "some products to deliver." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installeer de **Verkopen** module als dit niet het geval is en maak een verkooporder met een paar producten om te leveren." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "De principes zijn de volgende:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**één stap**: U ontvangt de goederen direct in uw stock." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verzeker u ervan dat de optie **Beheer meerdere locaties per magazijn** is aangevinkt." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "Serienummers beheren" msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " "have to input the number(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om een overplaatsing te verwerken voor een product dat getraceerd wordt met serienummer moet u de serienummer(s) ingeven." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" @@ -5812,7 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De maateenheid voor de verkoop is ingesteld op het verkooporder en kan anders zijn." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6123,7 +6123,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer u alle specificaties van de variant hebt ingesteld klikt u op **Opslaan**." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" @@ -6133,7 +6133,7 @@ msgstr "Productvarianten beheren" msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De onderstaande voorbeelden zijn allemaal gebaseerd op dit productsjabloon dat twee variant attributen heeft:" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 051a0e088..f17524e26 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-21 11:00+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-21 13:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 0c612f8fd..11c99ec83 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-26 09:05+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 07:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2019328b8..445c9279d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-10 14:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-26 08:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 20:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ msgid "" "the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " "project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " "and pay in several times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In dit geval wordt er elke keer een e-mail naar de klant gestuurd wanneer een mijlpaal succesvol voltooid is. Deze facturatie methode is comfortabel voor beide het bedrijf dat verzekerd wordt van een constante cashflow doorheen het project en voor de klant die de project voortgang kan opvolgen en betalen in verschillende fases." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@ msgstr "U kan ook mijlpalen gebruiken om delen van het project te factureren. Bi #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ msgid "" "**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " "milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " "tab on your sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Traceer diensten**: stel manueel hoeveelheden in op order, naarmate u elke mijlpaal voltooid, update u manueel de hoeveelheid vanuit het **Geleverd** tab op uw verkooporder" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ msgid "" "completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " "order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " "corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu dat uw mijlpalen (of producten) zijn aangemaakt kan u een offerte of verkooporder aanmaken met elke lijn die overeenkomt met een mijlpaal. Voor elke lijn zet u de **Bestelde hoeveelheid** naar ``1`` aangezien elke mijlpaal één keer voltooid wordt. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en omgevormd is in een verkooporder kan u de geleverde hoeveelheden wijzigen wanneer de overeenkomende mijlpaal behaald is." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 msgid "Invoice milestones" @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " "sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " "related product to ``1``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laten we er van uit gaan dat uw eerste mijlpaal (de strategie audit) succesvol is opgeleverd en u deze aan uw klant wilt factureren. Klik op **Wijzigen** op het verkooporder en stel de **Geleverde hoeveelheid** van het gerelateerde product in op ``1``." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -214,14 +215,14 @@ msgid "" "color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " "invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " "**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direct nadat de bovenstaande wijzigingen zijn bewaard zal u merken dat de kleur van de lijn veranderd naar blauw, wat betekend dat de dienst nu gefactureerd kan worden. Tegelijkertijd veranderd de status van de SO van **Niets om te factureren** naar **Te factureren**" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 msgid "" "Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " "**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " "status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Factuur aanmaken** en, in het nieuwe venster dat als pop-up verschijnt, selecteert u **Factureerbare lijnen** en valideert u. Het maakt een nieuw factuur (in de concept fase) met enkel het **strategie controle** product als factureerbaar." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -276,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " "employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het gebeurd vaak dat uw werknemers hun persoonlijk geld moeten gebruiken terwijl ze werken aan een project bij een klant. Laten we het voorbeeld nemen van een werknemer die betaald voor een parkeerplaats voor een meeting bij de klant. Als bedrijf wilt u de kost aan uw klant factureren." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ msgid "" "consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " "a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " "entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In deze documentatie zien we twee usecases. De eerste, heel basis, bestaat uit het factureren van een simpele kost voor uw klant zoals u zou doen voor een product. De tweede, meer geavanceerd, bestaat uit factureerbare kosten ingegeven in uw kosten systeem door werknemers die rechtstreeks van uw klant komen." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" @@ -296,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " "copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " "invoice them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laten we het volgende voorbeeld nemen. U werkt aan een promotiecampagne voor één van uw klanten (``Agrolait``) en u moet veel kopieën printen. Deze kopieën zijn duur voor uw bedrijf en u wilt ze factureren." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 msgid "Create product to be expensed" @@ -321,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr "**Productsoort**: Verbruik" msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " "quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Facturatiebeleid**: op geleverde hoeveelheden (u geeft manueel de aantallen in op het verkooporder die gefactureerd moeten worden)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 msgid "Create a sale order" @@ -334,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" "the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" " sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " "quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nu dat uw product correct is opgezet kan u een verkooporder aanmaken voor dit product (vanuit het menu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Verkooporders`) met de bestelde hoeveelheid ingesteld op 0. Klik op **Verkoop bevestigen** om het verkooporder aan te maken. U kan vervolgens manueel de geleverde hoeveelheid wijzigen op het verkooporder om de kopieën te factureren aan uw klant." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 @@ -348,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" " click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" " to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aan het einde van de maand heeft u ``1000`` kopieën aangemaakt voor uw cliënt en u wilt deze nu door factureren. Vanuit het gerelateerde verkooporder klikt u op **Geleverde hoeveelheden**, geeft u manueel het aantal kopieën in en vervolgens klikt u op **Opslaan**. Uw orderlijn wordt blauw, wat betekend dat deze klaar is om te factureren. Klik op **Maak factuur**." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -444,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" "been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " "link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afhankelijk van uw product configuratie is er mogelijk automatisch een **Analytische rekening** aangemaakt. Indien dit niet zo is kan u er gemakkelijk één aanmaken om uw uitgaven te linken aan het verkooporder. Vergeet niet uw verkooporder te bevestigen." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -490,7 +491,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " "and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " "will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Indienen bij manager**. Nadat de kost gevalideerd is en geboekt is op het dagboek wordt er automatisch een nieuwe lijn aangemaakt op de verkooporder die overeenkomt met de kost." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." @@ -513,7 +514,7 @@ msgid "" "There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " "(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " "consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Er zijn verschillende soorten van verkoopbare diensten: prepaid volumes of uren/dagen (bijvoorbeeld ondersteuningscontract), facturatie gebaseerd op tijd en materiaal (bijvoorbeeld consultancy uren) en een vaste prijs contract (bijvoorbeeld een project)." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -537,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " "from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " "want to track support services you worked on every contract." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om diensten te verkopen moet u de **Verkopen** applicatie installeren vanuit het **Apps** icoon. Installeer ook de **Urenstaten** applicatie als u ondersteunende diensten wilt opvolgen voor elk contract waarvoor u heeft gewerkt." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 msgid "Create Products" @@ -550,7 +551,7 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " "option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standaard worden producten verkocht op aantal eenheden. Om diensten te verkopen ``per uur``, moet u het gebruik van meerdere maateenheden toestaan. Ga naar het menu :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de **Verkopen** installatie. Vanuit dit scherm activeert u de optie meerdere **maateenheden**." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -558,7 +559,7 @@ msgid "" "support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" " setup:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om een ondersteuningscontract te verkopen moet u een product aanmaken voor elk ondersteuningscontract dat u verkoopt. Vanuit de **Verkopen** applicatie gaat u naar het menu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` en maakt u een nieuw product aan met de volgende opzet:" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" @@ -573,14 +574,14 @@ msgid "" "**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " "will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " "delivered quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Facturatiebeleid**: Bestelde hoeveelheden, omdat de dienst prepaid is, we factureren de dienst gebaseerd op wat besteld is, niet gebaseerd op geleverde goederen." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " "automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" " can track hours in the related account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Traceer dienst**: Urenstaten op contracten. Een analytische rekening wordt automatisch aangemaakt voor elke order die deze dienst bevat zodat u de uren op de gerelateerde rekening kan opvolgen." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -588,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" "product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " "contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " "timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om de diensten gerelateerd aan een verkooporder of verkocht product te volgen. Met de bovenstaande configuratie kan u slechts één ondersteuningscontract per order verkopen. Indien uw klant meerdere ondersteuningscontracten besteld op urenstaat moet u de offerte uitsplitsen in meerdere orders." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -596,7 +597,7 @@ msgid "" "days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" " **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " "**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Merk op dat u kan verkopen in andere eenheden dan uren, bijvoorbeeld: dagen, pak van 40u, etc. Om dit te doen maakt u een nieuwe maateenheid in de **Maateenheid** categorie en stelt u een conversie ratio in vergeleken met **Uren** (bijvoorbeeld: ``1 dag = 8 uren``)." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 msgid "Managing support contract" @@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ msgid "" " the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a" " sale order, your users will be able to record services related to this " "support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eenmaal het product is aangemaakt kan u een offerte of verkooporder aanmaken met het gerelateerde product. Eenmaal de offerte bevestigd is en omgevormd is in een verkooporder kan uw gebruiker de diensten gerelateerd aan het ondersteuningscontract bewaren dankzij de urenstaten applicatie." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 msgid "Timesheets" @@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" "timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " "been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " "above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om de dienst op te volgen die u doet voor een specifiek contract moet u de urenstaten applicatie gebruiken. Een analytische rekening gerelateerd aan de verkooporder werd automatisch gegenereerd (``SO009 - Agrolait`` op de bovenstaande screenshot), zodat u kan starten met het opvolgen van diensten vanaf ze verkocht zijn." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 msgid "Control delivered support on the sale order" @@ -637,7 +638,7 @@ msgid "" "related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" " that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " "timesheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanuit de **Verkopen** applicatie gebruikt u het menu :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Verkooporders` om de voortgang van elke order te beheersen. Op het verkooporderlijn gerelateerd aan het ondersteuningscontract zou u de **Geleverde hoeveelheid** moeten zien die automatisch geüpdatet is, gebaseerd op het aantal uren van uw urenstaten." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 msgid "Upselling and renewal" @@ -650,7 +651,7 @@ msgid "" "**Invoicing Status** is automatically set to **Upselling**. This means you " "have an opportunity to sell an extra contract to the customer since he used " "all his quota of service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Als het aantal uren dat u heeft gepresteerd op het ondersteuningscontract groter of gelijk is aan het aantal uren dat de klant heeft aangekocht wordt de verkooporder zijn **Facturatie status** automatisch ingesteld op **Upselling**. Dit betekend dat u een opportuniteit heeft om een extra contract te verkopen aan de klant aangezien hij zijn quota voor de dienst heeft opgebruikt." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -658,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "order that are in an upselling status. To do this, go to the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order` menu and use the **Upselling** filter" " to get all orders that are in upselling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Periodiek (ideaal elke twee weken), zou u de verkooporders moeten controleren die zich in de upselling status bevinden. Om dit te doen gaat u naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Verkooporder` en gebruikt u de **Upselling** filter om alle orders in deze fase te vinden." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -674,7 +675,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " "contract). To unmark the sale order as **Upselling**, you can set the sale " "order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien u een extra ondersteuningscontract verkoopt kan u een nieuwe lijn toevoegen aan het bestaande verkooporder (u bewaard dus nog steeds uw urenstaten op hetzelfde order) of u maakt een nieuw order(mensen moeten hun urenstaten op het nieuwe contract boeken). Om de verkooporder te demarkeren als **Upselling** kan u de verkooporder naar de status verwerkt zetten en het zal vervolgens verdwijnen uit uw upselling lijst." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:141 msgid "Special Configuration" @@ -693,14 +694,14 @@ msgid "" " sale order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " "contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " "service contracts within the same sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Maak taken en traceer uren**: In deze modus wordt een taak aangemaakt voor elke verkooporderlijn. Wanneer u vervolgens de urenstaat doet worden er geen uren geregistreerd op de verkooporder / het contract, maar uren op een taak (die het contract voorstelt). Het voordeel van deze oplossing is dat het toestaat om meerdere dienst contracten te verkopen binnen hetzelfde verkooporder." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:153 msgid "" "**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " "The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " "manually on the sale order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Manueel**: u kan deze modus gebruiken indien u geen urenstaten logt in Odoo. Het aantal uren dat u werkt aan een specifiek contract kan direct manueel genoteerd worden op de verkooporder, in het geleverde hoeveelheid veld." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" @@ -736,7 +737,7 @@ msgid "" "I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " "products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" " adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ik selecteerde een voorgedefinieerde offerte voor een nieuw productlijn aanbod. De producten, de dienst details zijn al ingegeven in de offerte. Uiteraard kan ik het aanbod aanpassen om te passen aan de noden van de klant." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -755,7 +756,7 @@ msgid "" "sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " "shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " "delivery order automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plus, het controleren van een aanbod vanuit een mobiele telefoon is gemakkelijk. Heel gemakkelijk. De klant krijgt een duidelijke offerte met een inhoudsopgave. We kunnen gemakkelijk communiceren. Ik identificeerde een upselling opportuniteit. Dus wijzig ik mijn offerte door meer producten toe te voegen. Wanneer het aanbod klaar is moet de klant het enkel online tekenen in een paar klikken. Odoo verkopen is geïntegreerd met de grootste verzend diensten: UPS, Fedex, USPS en meer. Het getekende aanbod maakt automatisch een leveringsorder aan." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." @@ -796,7 +797,7 @@ msgid "" "salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " "specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " "to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eender wanneer kan ik een detail rapport krijgen van mijn verkoopactiviteiten. Omzet per verkoper of departement. Omzet per categorie of product, van specifieke producten, per kwartaal of maand, ... Ik hou van dit rapport: Ik kan het toevoegen aan mijn dashboard in slechts één klik." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -822,7 +823,7 @@ msgid "" "documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afhankelijk van de zaak en de applicatie die u gebruikt zijn er verschillende manieren om het facturatieproces te automatiseren naar klanten. Meestal worden concept facturen aangemaakt door het systeem (met informatie komende van andere documenten zoals verkooporders of contracten) en moet de boekhouder enkel de concept facturen valideren en de facturen in batchen uitzenden (via reguliere mail of e-mail)." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -862,7 +863,7 @@ msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" " to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voor de meeste andere usecases is het aanbevolen om manueel te factureren. Het staat de verkoper toe om de factuur op aanvraag te doen afgaan met opties: factuur klaar naar factuurlijn, factureer een percentage (geavanceerd), factureer een vast voorschot." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." @@ -882,14 +883,14 @@ msgid "" "instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " "quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " "(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detailhandelaren en e-commerce platformen factureren normaal gezien gebaseerd op geleverde hoeveelheden in plaats van een verkooporder. De aanpak is toepasbaar voor zaken waarbij de hoeveelheden die u levert mogelijk verschillen van de bestelde hoeveelheden: voedsel (factuur gebaseerd op werkelijk aantal Kg)." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Op deze manier, indien u een deel van een order levert, factureert u enkel wat echt geleverd is. Indien u backorders doet (deels leveren en de rest later), zal de klant twee facturen ontvangen, één voor elke leveringsorder." #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" @@ -983,6 +984,246 @@ msgstr "Producten & Prijzen" msgid "Prices Management" msgstr "Prijsbeheer" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen inbegrepen)?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "Wanneer u werkt met consumenten worden prijzen vaak uitgedrukt inclusief belastingen (bijvoorbeeld op de meeste e-commerce platformen). Maar, wanneer u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen exclusief belastingen." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "Odoo beheert beide usecases gemakkelijk, zolang u uw prijzen registreert op uw producten inclusief belastingen of exclusief belastingen, maar niet beide samen. Indien u alle prijzen inclusief belastingen beheert (of exclusief) kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen (of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "Deze documentatie is enkel voor deze specifieke usecase waar u twee referenties moet hebben voor de prijs (inclusief of exclusief belastingen), voor hetzelfde product. De reden van de complexiteit is omdat er geen symetrische relatie is met prijzen inclusief en prijzen exclusief belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van 21%:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "Maar voor dezelfde uscase, indien u een prijs registreert zonder belastingen op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "Dus, afhankelijk van hoe u uw prijzen registreert op het productformulier krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de prijs exclusief belastingen:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "Indien u 100 stuks koopt aan 10€ inclusief belastingen, wordt het nog complexer. U krijgt **1000€ (inclusief belastingen) = 826.45€ (prijs) + 173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van 8.26€ exclusief belastingen." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "Deze documentatie legt u uit hoe u deze specifieke usecase moet afhandelen wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "Wat betreft de financiën heeft u geen inkomsten meer bij het verkopen van uw product aan 10€ in plaats van 9.99€ (voor een 21% belasting), omdat uw inkomsten exact hetzelfde zijn aan 9.99€, enkel de belasting is 0.01€ hoger. Dus, als u een e-commerce heeft in België doe uw klant dan een plezier en stel uw prijs in op 9.99€ in plaats van 10€. Merk op dat dit niet van toepassing is op 20€ of 30€, of andere belastingen, of een hoeveelheid >1. U doet ook zichzelf een plezier aangezien u gemakkelijk alles kan beheren exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is voor uw verkoper." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Inleiding" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "De beste manier om deze complexiteit te vermijden is om slechts één manier te gebruiken voor het beheren van uw prijzen en deze aan te houden: prijzen exclusief belastingen of inclusief belastingen. Definieer welke de standaard bewaarde optie is op het productformulier (op de standaard belasting gerelateerd aan het product), en laat Odoo de andere automatisch berekenen, gebaseerd op de prijslijst en fiscale positie. Onderhandel uw contracten met klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen specifieke configuratie te doen." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "Indien u dit niet kan doen en u echt moet onderhandelen over prijzen exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief belastingen moet doen, moet u:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke klanten" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar inclusief" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" +msgstr "uw product zijn standaard verkoopprijs is 8.26€ zonder belastingen" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "maar we willen het verkopen aan 10€, belastingen inbegrepen, in onze winkel en e-commerce website" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Uw producten instellen" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "U bedrijf moet standaard geconfigureerd zijn met prijzen exclusief belastingen. Dit is normaal gezien de standaard configuratie, maar u kan uw **Standaard verkoopbelasting** controleren vanuit het menu :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de boekhouding applicatie." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "Eenmaal dit klaar is kan u een **B2C** prijslijst aanmaken. U kan de prijslijst optie activeren per klant vanuit het menu :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "Eenmaal dit klaar is maakt u een B2C prijslijst vanuit het :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "Maak vervolgens een product aan voor 8.26€, met een belasting van 21% (gedefinieerd als belasting die niet inbegrepen is in de prijs) en stel een prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "Maak een B2C fiscale positie aan vanuit de boekhouding applicatie vanuit dit menu: :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Fiscale posities`. Deze fiscale positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "Maak een offerte vanuit de verkopen applicatie via het :menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "Maak dan een offerte aan maar **wijzig de prijslijst naar B2C en de fiscale positie naar B2C** op de offerte, voor u het product toevoegt. U zou het verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " +"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " +"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " +"every sale of this customer." +msgstr "Als u over een contract onderhandeld met een klant, of u nu de prijs inclusief of exclusief belastingen onderhandeld, kan u de prijslijst en de fiscale positie instellen op het klantenformulier zodat het automatisch wordt toegepast op elke verkoop aan deze klant." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "Merk op dat dit gevoelig is voor fouten: als u een fiscale positie instelt met belastingen inbegrepen in de prijzen maar u een prijslijst gebruikt waarin dit niet is inbegrepen krijgt u mogelijk foutieve berekende prijzen. Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één prijsreferentie te werken." + #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/discount.rst:3 msgid "How to apply discounts and limited offers?" msgstr "Hoe kortingen en gelimiteerde aanbiedingen toe te passen?" @@ -1089,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " "and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " "below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "In ons voorbeeld wilden we ``Agrolait`` een ``5%`` korting geven op de verkoopprijs. Om deze optie te activeren gaat u naar de **Verkopen** applicatie en under **Offertes en Verkopen** vinkt u de optie **Sta kortingen op orderlijnen toe** aan (zie onderstaande foto) en past u de wijzigingen toe." #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 msgid "Create your quotation" @@ -1114,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "" " under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" " not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " "and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De basis elementen om toe te voegen aan elke offerte zijn de klant (de persoon waar u uw offerte naar stuurt) en de producten die u wilt verkopen. Vanuit de offerte weergave kiest u de prospect vanuit de **Klanten** drop-down lijst en onder **Orderlijnen** klikt u op **Item toevoegen** en selecteert u uw product. Vergeet niet om manueel het aantal items toe te voegen onder **Bestelde hoeveelheid** en de korting indien van toepassing." #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1136,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" "**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" " product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " "etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om een nieuw product toe te voegen onder **orderlijn** klikt u op item toevoegen en op **Aanmaken en wijzigen** vanuit de drop-down lijst. U kan uw product informatie registreren (producttype, kost, verkoopprijs, facturatiebeleid, enz.) samen met een afbeelding." #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 msgid "Taxes" @@ -1184,7 +1425,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " "with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " "sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klik op **Verzend via e-mail** om automatisch een e-mail te sturen naar uw klant met de offerte als bijlage. U kan de e-mail inhoud wijzigen voordat u ze verzend en deze zelfs opslaan als een sjabloon indien u deze wenst te hergebruiken." #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 837383e5c..66833e5cc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-08 16:24+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-21 13:08+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-02 10:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -19,29 +19,87 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" msgstr "Website" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "Google Analytics" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To setup the signin process with Google, first you have to perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "Om het aanmeldingsproces met Google op te zetten moet u eerst de volgende stappen uitvoeren:" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Connect on your google account and go to " +"https://console.developers.google.com" +msgstr "Connecteer op uw Google account en ga naar http://console.developers.google.com" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 +msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" +msgstr "Klik op **Project aanmaken** en geef een projectnaam in" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)" +" and activate **\"Analytics API\"** by clicking on button \"OFF\". When it's" +" done, check that the button of **\"Calendar API\"** is well in green and " +"with text \"ON\"" +msgstr "In het menu aan de linkerzijde selecteert u het submenu API's (vanuit het menu API's en auth) en activeert u **Analytics API** door op de knop \"UIT\" te klikken. Wanneer dit gedaan is controleert u of de knop van de **Kalender API** groen is en de tekst \"AAN\" bevat." + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu **\"Credentials\"** (from menu" +" APIs and auth) and click on button **\"Create New Client ID\"**" +msgstr "In het menu aan de linkerkant selecteert u het submenu **credentials** (vanuit het menu API's en auth) en klikt u op de knop **Maak nieuw cliënt **\"ID\"**." + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Name of application and check that the platform is well on " +"**\"Web Application\"**. You should now configure the allowed pages on which" +" you will be redirected. To do it, you need to complete the field " +"**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " +"``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" +" ID\"**" +msgstr "Vul de naam van de applicatie in en dat de applicatie in orde is onder **web applicatie**. U moet nu de toegestane pagina's configureren waarop u wordt doorverwezen. Om dit te doen moet u het veld **\"Doorverwijzing RI\"** voltooien en als waarde uw eigen domein gevolgd door ``/google_account/authentication`` invullen: U kan nu klikken op **\"Maak cliënt ID\"**" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you will have the both informations (**Client ID** and **Client " +"Secret**) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below !" +msgstr "Eenmaal dit klaar is heeft u beide informatie (**Cliënt ID** en **cliënt secret**) die u moet ingeven in de 2 onderstaande velden!" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 +msgid "Click on **Apply**" +msgstr "Klik op **Toepassen**" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" +msgstr "Zoekmachine optimalisatie" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" msgstr "Hoe wordt SEO afgehandeld in Odoo?" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:10 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:8 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "Zoekmachine optimalisatie (SEO) is een set van goede werkwijzes om uw website te optimaliseren zodat deze een betere ranking heeft in zoekmachines zoals Google. Kort samengevat zorgt goede SEO ervoor dat u meer bezoekers krijgt." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:14 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:12 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " "should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden van SEO regels: uw webpagina's zouden sneller moeten laden, u pagina zou slechts één en enkel één titel ``<h1>`` mogen hebben, uw website zou een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand moeten bevatten, enz." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:18 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:16 msgid "" "The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " "consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " @@ -49,15 +107,15 @@ msgid "" " and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." msgstr "De Odoo Website Bouwer is waarschijnlijk de meeste SEO klare CMS die er op de markt is. Wij beschouwen SEO een topprioriteit. Om Odoo Website en Odoo eCommerce gebruikers een goede SEO te garanderen extraheert Odoo alle technische complexiteit van SEO en handelt deze alles voor u af, in de best mogelijke manier." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:25 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:23 msgid "Page speed" msgstr "Paginasnelheid" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:26 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:30 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:28 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " "website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " @@ -69,49 +127,49 @@ msgid "" "could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "De tijd om een pagina te laden is een belangrijk criteria voor Google. Een snellere website verbeterd niet enkel uw bezoekers zijn ervaring maar Google geeft u ook een betere ranking als u pagina sneller laad dan deze van concurrenten. Sommige studies hebben aangetoond dat als u de laadtijd van uw pagina door twee deelt (bijvoorbeeld 2 seconden in plaats van 4) dat de bezoekers slechts half zo snel de website afsluiten. (25% naar 12.5%). Een extra seconde om een pagina te laten kan `$1.6b kosten aan Amazon in verkoop <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:42 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "Gelukkig doet Odoo alle magie voor u. Hieronder vind u trucks die Odoo gebruikt om de laadsnelheid te verhogen. U kan vergelijken hoe uw website presteert met deze twee tools:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:44 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "`Google pagina snelheid <https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:48 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:46 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "`Pingdom Website snelheidstest <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:49 msgid "Static resources: CSS" msgstr "Statische bronnen: CSS" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:53 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server side and browser side). The result:" msgstr "Alle CSS bestanden zijn pre-processed, geconcateneerd, minified, gecomprimeerd en gecached (aan de server en browser kant). Het resultaat:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "slechts één CSS bestandsverzoek is nodig om een pagina te laden" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:58 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:56 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "dit CSS bestand is gedeeld en gecached over verschillende pagina's, zodat wanneer bezoekers klikken op een andere pagina, de browser geen enkel CSS bestand moet inladen." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:60 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "dit CSS bestand is geoptimaliseerd om klein te zijn" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:64 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" " a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -121,49 +179,49 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "**Voorbewerkt:** Het CSS framework dat door Odoo 9 gebruikt wordt is bootstrap 3. Alhoewel een thema een ander framework kan gebruiken zullen de meeste `Odoo thema's <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ de bootstrap rechtstreekt uitbreiden of personaliseren. Omdat Odoo Less en Sass ondersteunt kan u CSS regels wijzigen in plaats van ze te overschrijven via extra CSS lijnen, wat resulteert in een kleiner bestand." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "**Beide bestanden in het <head>**" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "**Wat de bezoekers krijgen (slechts één bestand)**" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Van bootstrap.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:81 -#: ../../website/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:121 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr ".text-muted {" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:82 ../../website/seo.rst:124 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:80 ../../website/seo.rst:122 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "color: #666;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "color: #777;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "background: yellow" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:77 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "background: yellow;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:77 ../../website/seo.rst:78 ../../website/seo.rst:83 -#: ../../website/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:76 ../../website/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:123 msgid "}" msgstr "}" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:80 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:78 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* Van my-theme.css \\*/" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:86 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:84 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" @@ -175,7 +233,7 @@ msgid "" "number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "**Geconcateneerd:** elke module of bibliotheek die u mogelijk gebruikt in Odoo heeft zijn eigen set van CSS, Less of Sass bestanden (e-commerce, blog, thema, enz.) Verschillende CSS bestanden hebben is geweldig voor de modulariteit, maar niet goed voor de performantie omdat de meeste browsers maar 6 aanvragen parallel kunnen uitvoeren wat resulteert in veel bestanden die niet in series worden ingeladen. De latentietijd is normaal gezien veel langer voor kleine bestanden zoals .JS en .CSS dan de actuele data overzet tijd. Dus, de tijd om CSS bronnen te laden is meer afhankelijk van het aantal aanvragen dan de echte bestandsgrootte." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:96 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:94 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -184,7 +242,7 @@ msgid "" "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "Om dit probleem aan te pakken worden alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden geconcateneerd in één .CSS bestand dat naar de browser wordt gestuurd. Zodat een bezoeker **slechts één .CSS bestand moet laden** per pagina, wat vooral efficiënt is. Als de CSS gedeeld wordt over alle pagina's hoeft de browser geen nieuw CSS bestand te laden wanneer een andere pagina wordt open gedaan!" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:102 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:100 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -196,85 +254,85 @@ msgid "" " backend (/web)." msgstr "De CSS verzonden door Odoo bevat alle CSS / Less / Sass bestanden van alle pagina's / modules. Door dit te doen moeten andere pagina weergaven van dezelfde weergave geen nieuw CSS bestand inladen. Maar sommige modules kunnen grote CSS/JavaScript bronnen bevatten die u niet op voorhand wilt ophalen op de eerste pagina omdat ze te groot zijn. In dit geval splitst Odoo de bronnen in een tweede bundel die geladen wordt wanneer de pagina die het gebruikt het aanvraagt. Een voorbeeld hiervan is de back-end die enkel ingeladen wordt wanneer de bezoekers aanmelden en de back-end opendoen (/web)." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:112 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:110 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "Als het CSS bestand erg groot is zal Odoo het in twee kleinere bestanden opsplitsen om de 4095 selectors limiet per pagina in Internet Explorer 8 te vermijden. Maar de meeste thema's zitten onder deze limiet." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:114 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "**Minified:** Na het pre-processen en concateneren zal de resulterende CSS geminificeerd worden om de grootte te verkleinen." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Voor minificatie**" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Na minificatie**" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:122 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* sommige commentaren \\*/" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:122 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:128 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "Het uiteindelijke resultaat is dan gecomprimeerd, voordat het aan de browser wordt aangeleverd." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:129 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " "pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " "the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." msgstr "Vervolgens is er een gecachte versie die bewaard wordt aan de serverkant (zodat we niet hoeven te processen op voorhand, geen concatenatie moeten doen en geen minifying bij elke aanvraag) en aan de browserkant (zodat dezelfde bezoeker zijn CSS slechts één keer laad voor alle pagina's die hij bezoekt)." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:137 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:135 msgid "" "If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " "minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" msgstr "Indien u in debug modus zit zal de CSS niet geconcateneerd of geminified worden. Hierdoor is het gemakkelijker om te debuggen (maar is het veel trager)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:140 msgid "Static resources: Javascript" msgstr "Statische bronnen: JavaScript" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:144 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:142 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." msgstr "Zoals met CSS bronnen zijn JavaScript bronnen ook geconcateneerd, minified, gecomprimeerd en gecached (op de serverkant en browserkant)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:145 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo maakt drie JavaScript bundels aan:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:147 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, …)" msgstr "Een voor alle pagina's van de website (inclusief code voor parallax effecten, formulier validatie, ...)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:152 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:150 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" msgstr "Een voor algemene JavaScript code die gedeeld wordt met de front-end en back-end (bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:155 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:153 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "Een voor back-end specifieke JavaScript code (Odoo Web Client interface voor uw werknemers die Odoo gebruiken)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:156 msgid "" "Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -282,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "De meeste bezoekers op uw website hebben enkel de twee eerste bundels nodig, wat resultaat in een maximum van twee JavaScript bestanden die geladen en gerenderd moeten worden op een pagina. Omdat deze bestanden gedeeld worden met alle pagina's zullen verdere klikken door dezelfde bezoeker niet resulteren in het laden van extra JavaScript bronnen." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:164 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:162 msgid "" "If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " "nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" @@ -290,25 +348,25 @@ msgid "" "from their original versions." msgstr "Indien u werkt in de debug modus zal de CSS en JavaScript niet geconcateneerd worden en ook niet verkleind. Dus is het veel trager. Dit staat u toe om gemakkelijk te debuggen met de Chrome debugger aangezien CSS en JavaScript bronnen niet getransformeerd worden vanuit hun originele versies." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:170 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:168 msgid "Images" msgstr "Afbeeldingen" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:172 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:170 msgid "" "When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " "compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " ".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" msgstr "Wanneer u nieuwe afbeeldingen upload met de website bouwer zal Odoo automatisch deze comprimeren om de grootte te verkleinen. (verliesloze compressie voor .PNG en .GIF en lichte verlies compressie voor .JPG)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:174 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "Vanuit de upload knop heeft u de optie om het originele bestanden ongewijzigd te houden indien u de kwaliteit van de afbeelding wilt optimaliseren in plaats van de performantie." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -316,18 +374,18 @@ msgid "" "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "Odoo comprimeert afbeeldingen wanneer ze geüpload worden naar uw website, niet wanneer ze opgevraagd worden door de bezoeker. Dus is het mogelijk dat, indien u een derde partij thema gebruikt, het afbeeldingen aanbiedt die niet efficiënt gecomprimeerd zijn. Maar alle afbeeldingen gebruikt in de officiële Odoo thema's zijn standaard gecomprimeerd." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:188 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " "attributes for the image." msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op een afbeelding toont Odoo u de Alt en titel attributen van de ``<img>`` tag. U kan hierop klikken om uw eigen titel en Alt attributen in te stellen voor de afbeelding." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:197 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:195 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "Wanneer u klikt op deze link, zal het volgende venster verschijnen:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:202 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:200 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -335,99 +393,99 @@ msgid "" "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "Odoo's pictogrammen zijn geïmplementeerd met het gebruikt van een font (`Font Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in de meeste Odoo thema's). Dus kan u zoveel pictogrammen gebruiker als u wilt in uw pagina, ze hebben geen extra aanvragen nodig om de pagina te laden." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:209 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:211 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "Indien u de CDN optie activeert in Odoo worden statische bronnen (JavaScript, CSS, afbeeldingen) geladen van het Content Delivery Netwerk. Een Content Delivery Netwerk heeft drie voordelen:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:215 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "Laad bronnen van een dichtbij zijnde server (meeste CDN's hebben servers in de belangrijkste landen over de wereld)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:220 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:218 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "Cache bronnen efficiënt (er worden geen resources gebruikt op uw eigen server voor de berekening)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:221 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "Verdeel de bronnen die geladen worden over verschillende diensten zodat u meerdere bronnen parallel kan laden (Sinds de Chrome limiet van 6 parallelle aanvragen op domeinniveau is)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:227 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:225 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "U kan uw CDN opties configureren vanuit de **Website Admin** app, met behulp van het configuratie menu. Hier is een voorbeeld van een configuratie die u kan gebruiken:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:232 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "HTML pagina's" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:234 msgid "" "Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " ":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " "space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." msgstr "Odoo staat het minifien van HTML pagina's toe, vanuit de **Website Admin** app door gebruik te maken van het :menuselection:`Configuratie` menu. Dit verwijderd automatisch extra spaties en tabs in uw HTML code, reduceren sommige labels hun code, enz." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:243 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:241 msgid "" "On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " "handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "Daarbovenop kunnen de HTML pagina's gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt meestal afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:246 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:244 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "De Odoo website bouwer is geoptimaliseerd om propere en korte HTML code te garanderen. Bouwstenen zijn ontwikkeld om propere HTML code te genereren, normaal gezien door de bootstrap en de HTML editor te gebruiken." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:248 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, als u de kleurenprikker gebruikt om de kleur van een paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de volgende code genereren:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:254 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:252 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:256 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:254 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code produceert:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:259 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:257 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:262 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:260 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Responsief design" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:264 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:262 msgid "" "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" " Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " "efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." msgstr "Vanaf 2015 worden websites die niet mobiel vriendelijk zijn negatief beïnvloed in de Google Pagina ranking. Alle Odoo thema's gebruiken Bootstrap 3 om zich efficiënt aan te passen aan het toestel: vaste pc, tablet of mobiele telefoon." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:270 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " @@ -435,11 +493,11 @@ msgid "" "to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" msgstr "Omdat alle Odoo modules dezelfde technologie delen zijn absoluut alle pagina's in onze website mobiel vriendelijk. (in tegenstelling tot traditionele CMS welke mobiel vriendelijke thema's hebben, maar sommige specifieke modules of pagina's zijn niet ontworpen om mobiel vriendelijk te zijn omdat ze allemaal hun eigen CSS frameworks hebben)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:277 msgid "Browser caching" msgstr "Browser caching" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:281 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:279 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -450,17 +508,17 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "JavaScript, afbeeldingen en CSS bronnen hebben een URL die dynamisch wijzigt wanneer hun inhoud veranderd. Als een voorbeeld, alle CSS bestanden worden geladen via deze URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw website wijzigt." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:288 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:286 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "Dit laat Odoo toe om een heel lange cache vertraging in te stellen (XXX) op deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de bron update." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:294 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Schaalbaarheid" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:298 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:296 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " @@ -468,47 +526,47 @@ msgid "" "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." msgstr "Bovenop dat het snel is is Odoo ook beter schaalbaar dan de traditionele CMS en e-commerce platformen (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). De volgende linken bieden een analyse van het grootste open source CMS en e-commerce platformen vergeleken met Odoo wanneer het aan komt op hoge query volumes." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:303 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:301 msgid "" "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" "/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" msgstr "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:305 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:303 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" " CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" msgstr "Hier is de dia die de schaalbaarheid van de Odoo eCommerce en Odoo CMS samenvat. (gebaseerd op Odoo versie 8, Odoo 9 is nog sneller)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:310 msgid "URLs handling" msgstr "URL's afhandeling" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:315 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:313 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "URL's structuur" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:317 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:315 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:319 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:317 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:321 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:319 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:323 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:321 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:323 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:327 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " "the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " @@ -516,14 +574,14 @@ msgid "" " of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "**/fr\\_FR** = de taal van de pagina. Dit gedeelte van de URL is verwijderd als de bezoekers de website in de hoofdtaal bezoekt (standaard Engels maar u kan ook een andere taal als de hoofdtaal instellen). Dus de Engelse versie van deze pagina is: https://www.mijnwebsite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:333 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:331 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" " name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." msgstr "**/shop/product** = elke module definieert zijn eigen naam (/shop is voor de catalogus van de eCommerce module, /shop/product is voor een productpagina). Deze kan niet gepersonaliseerd worden om conflicten in verschillende URL's te voorkomen." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:338 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:336 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -532,113 +590,113 @@ msgid "" "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" msgstr "**mijn-geweldig-product** = standaard, dit is de slugified titel van het product waar deze pagina naar verwijst. Maar u kan het personaliseren voor SEO doeleinden. Een product genaamd \"Vierkant brood\" wordt slugified naar \"vierkant-brood\". Afhankelijk van de naamruimte kunnen dit verschillende objecten zijn (blog berichten, pagina titels, forum berichten, forum reacties, productcategorieën, enz)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:345 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:343 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:347 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:345 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" msgstr "Merk op dat eender welk dynamisch deel van een URL gereduceerd kan worden naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:350 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:348 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:352 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:350 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:352 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude productnaam)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:357 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:355 msgid "" "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " "efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." msgstr "Dit kan handig zijn om gemakkelijk een kortere versie van een URL te krijgen en efficiënt 301 doorverwijzingen af te handelen wanneer de productnaam doorheen de tijd wijzigt." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:359 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" msgstr "Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een blogcategorie en een post):" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:364 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:362 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:364 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:368 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:366 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" msgstr "Bedrijfsnieuws: is de titel van de blog" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:370 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:368 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "Het Odoo verhaal: is de titel van een specifieke blogpost" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:372 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:370 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "Wanneer een Odoo pagina een pager heeft zal het paginanummer direct in de URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:376 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:374 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:379 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" " most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " "been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." msgstr "De taal code in het formaat fr\\_FR hebben is niet perfect in termen van SEO. Alhoewel de meeste zoekmachines nu \"\\_\" behandelen als een woord afscheiding is dit niet altijd het geval geweest. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:384 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:382 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:384 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "Wanneer de URL van een pagina wijzigt (bijvoorbeeld een vriendelijkere SEO versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het updaten van alle links:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:389 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:387 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" msgstr "Odoo update automatisch alle links naar de nieuwe URL's" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:391 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:389 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website" msgstr "Indien externe websites nog naar de oude URL verwijzen zal een 301 omleiding uitgevoerd worden om bezoekers naar de nieuwe website door te sturen" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:394 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:392 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:396 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:394 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:398 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:396 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" msgstr "Verwijst automatisch door naar:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:400 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:398 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:402 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:400 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -646,11 +704,11 @@ msgid "" "redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" msgstr "In het kort, wijzig gewoon de titel van uw blogbericht of de naam van een product en de wijzigingen wordt automatisch toegepast doorheen uw website. De oude link zal nog steeds werken voor links die komen van externe websites. (met een 301 doorverwijzing om de SEO links niet kwijt te geraken)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:408 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:406 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:410 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:408 msgid "" "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" " websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " @@ -658,86 +716,86 @@ msgid "" " a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." msgstr "Sinds augustus 2014 is Google gestart met het toevoegen van een rank boost voor websites met HTTPS/SSL. Dus standaard zijn alle Odoo Online instanties volledig gebaseerd op HTTPS. Als de bezoeker uw website bezoekt via een niet HTTPS url krijgt hij een 301 doorverwijzing naar de HTTPS pagina." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:414 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" msgstr "Links: nofollow strategie" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:416 msgid "" "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " "your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " "linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." msgstr "Een website hebben die linkt naar uw eigen pagina's is een belangrijke rol voor hoe uw pagina rankt in de verschillende zoekmachines. Hoe meer de pagina extern gelinkt is vanuit kwaliteitsvolle websites, hoe beter dit is voor je SEO." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:423 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:421 msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" msgstr "Odoo volgt de volgende strategieën om links te beheren:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:423 msgid "" "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " "which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " "page." msgstr "Elke link die u manueel aanmaakt wanneer u een pagina aanmaakt in Odoo is \"dofollow\", wat betekend dat de link mee helpt aan de SEO voor deze gelinkte pagina." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:429 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:427 msgid "" "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "Elke link aangemaakt door een bijdrager (forum post, blog reactie, ...) die doorlinkt naar uw website is ook \"dofollow\"." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:432 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:430 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "Maar elke link geplaatst door een bijdrager die linkt naar een externe website is \"nofollow'. Op deze manier loopt u niet het risico dat mensen links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een slechte reputatie hebben." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:437 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:435 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." msgstr "Merk op dat, wanneer u het forum gebruikt, dat bijdragers die veel karma hebben betrouwbaar zijn. In dit geval hebben hun links geen ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribuut." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:442 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:440 msgid "Multi-language support" msgstr "Meertalige ondersteuning" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:445 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:443 msgid "Multi-language URLs" msgstr "Meertalige URL's" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:445 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:450 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:448 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " "default)" msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Engelse versie = standaard)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:450 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse versie)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:454 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "In dit voorbeeld is de taal van de pagina fr\\_FR. U kan zelfs verschillende variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). " -#: ../../website/seo.rst:459 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:457 msgid "Language annotation" msgstr "Taal annotatie" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:459 msgid "" "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " "URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " @@ -745,34 +803,34 @@ msgid "" "pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" msgstr "Om Google te vertellen dat de tweede URL de Franse vertaling van de eerste URL is voegt Odoo een HTML link element toe in de hoofding. In de HTML <head> sectie van de Engelse versie zal Odoo automatisch een link toevoegen die linkt naar de andere versies van die webpagina;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:464 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" msgstr "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:469 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:467 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "Met deze aanpak:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:469 msgid "" "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" " the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" msgstr "Odoo kent de verschillende vertaalde versies van uw pagina en stelt de correcte versie voor afhankelijk van de taal van de bezoeker die zoekt op Google" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:475 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:473 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" " it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " "content." msgstr "U wordt niet gestraft door Google als uw pagina nog niet vertaald is, omdat het geen gedupliceerde inhoud is, maar een andere versie van dezelfde inhoud." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:480 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:478 msgid "Language detection" msgstr "Taal detectie" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:482 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:480 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -780,14 +838,14 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "Wanneer een bezoeker voor de eerste keer op uw website beland (bijvoorbeeld uwwebsite.com/shop) zal deze automatisch doorverwijzen naar een vertaalde versie zoals de taal van de browser staat ingesteld: (bijvoorbeeld uwwebsite.com/nl\\_NL/shop)." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:487 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:485 msgid "" "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " "visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " "language to avoid any redirection." msgstr "Odoo verwijst bezoekers enkel de eerste keer door naar hun verkozen taal op de hoofdpagina van uw website. Hierna houdt het een cookie bij van de huidige taal om enige doorverwijzingen te voorkomen." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:489 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -795,15 +853,15 @@ msgid "" "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "Om een bezoeker te forceren om de standaard taal te gebruiken kan u de code gebruiken van de standaard taal in uw link, bijvoorbeeld: uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:496 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "Meta Tags" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:499 msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" msgstr "Titels, sleutelwoorden en omschrijvingen" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:503 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " "``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " @@ -812,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "people search in Google." msgstr "Elke webpagina moet de ``<title>``, ``<description>`` en ``<keywords>`` meta data definiëren. Deze informatie elementen worden gebruikt door zoekmachines om de webpagina te ranken en categoriseren naar gelang uw specifieke zoekopdracht. Het is dus belangrijk om titels en sleutelwoorden te hebben die overeenkomen met wat mensen zoeken in Google." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:509 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:507 msgid "" "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " "website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " @@ -820,13 +878,13 @@ msgid "" "keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." msgstr "Om kwaliteitsvolle meta tags te schrijven, die het aantal bezoekers naar uw website verhoogt, biedt Odoo een **Promoot** tool aan, in de bovenste navigatiebalk van uw website bouwer. Deze tool contacteert Google om u informatie te geven over sleutelwoorden en zoekt naar overeenkomsten met titels en inhoud op uw pagina." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:518 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page;" msgstr "Indien uw website in meerder talen is kan u de promotie tool gebruiken voor elke taal van een pagina;" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:519 msgid "" "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" " content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " @@ -834,24 +892,24 @@ msgid "" "blog posts." msgstr "In termen van SEO is inhoud de koning. Daarom spelen blogs een belangrijke rol in uw inhoudsstrategie. Om u te helpen met het optimaliseren van al uw blog berichten biedt Odoo een pagina aan die u toestaat om snel te scannen naar de meta tags van al uw blogberichten." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:528 msgid "" "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " "in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " "information." msgstr "Deze /blog pagina rendert anders voor publiekelijke bezoekers die niet aangemeld zijn als website administrators. Ze krijgen niet de waarschuwingen en sleutelwoorden informatie." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:533 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Sitemap" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:537 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:535 msgid "" "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " "performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "Odoo genereert automatisch een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand voor u. Voor performantie redenen wordt dit bestand elke 12 uren gecached en geüpdatet." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:540 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:538 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -860,22 +918,22 @@ msgid "" "chunks per file." msgstr "Standaard zijn alle URL's één ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand, maar als u veel pagina's heeft zal Odoo automatisch een Sitemap index bestand aanmaakt dat het `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per bestand." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:544 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:546 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:550 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page" msgstr "``<lastmod>`` : laatste datum van wijziging van het bestand, automatisch berekend gebaseerd op een gerelateerd object. Voor een pagina gerelateerd aan een product kan dit de laatste wijzigingsdatum zijn van het product of de pagina" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:553 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -883,11 +941,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" msgstr "``<priority>`` : modules kunnen hun eigen prioriteit algoritme implementeren gebaseerd op hun inhoud (bijvoorbeeld: een forum kan een prioriteit toewijzen gebaseerd op het aantal stemmen van een specifieke post). De prioriteit van een statische pagina is bepaald door het prioriteit veld, wat genormaliseerd is. (16 is de standaard)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:560 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:564 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:562 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -895,13 +953,13 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup wordt gebruikt om rijke snippets te genereren in zoekmachine resultaten. Het is een manier voor website eigenaren om gestructureerde data te sturen naar zoekmachine robots; helpen om hen uw inhoud te begrijpen en het maken van mooi gepresenteerde zoekresultaten." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:569 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:567 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:572 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:570 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -909,35 +967,35 @@ msgid "" "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "Odoo implementeert micro data zoals gedefinieerd in de `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specificaties voor gebeurtenissen, e-commerce producten, forum berichten en contactadressen. Dit staat uw productpagina's toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals de prijs en beoordeling van een product:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:580 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:584 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " "content is:" msgstr "Odoo maakt automatisch een``/robots.txt`` bestand voor uw website. De inhoud is:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:587 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:585 msgid "User-agent: \\*" msgstr "Gebruiker-agent: \\*" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:587 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:590 msgid "Content is king" msgstr "Inhoud is koning" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:592 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your contents on your website:" msgstr "Wanneer het op SEO aankomt is de inhoud meestal de koning. Odoo biedt verschillende modules aan om uw inhoud te helpen opbouwen op uw website:" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:597 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:595 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " "content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " @@ -945,61 +1003,61 @@ msgid "" "/public-channel-1>`__" msgstr "**Odoo slides**: publiceer al uw Powerpoint of PDF presentaties. Hun inhoud is automatisch geïndexeerd op de webpagina. Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:599 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" " Odoo.com landing pages)" msgstr "**Odoo Forum**: laat uw gemeenschap inhoud voor u maken. Bijvoorbeeld: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:603 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "**Odoo maillijst archief**: publiceer maillijst archieven op uw website. Bijvoorbeeld: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per maand)" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:608 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:613 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:611 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website." msgstr "De 404 pagina is een standaard pagina, die u kunt wijzigen zoals eender welke andere pagina in Odoo. Hierdoor kan u een fantastische 404 pagina bouwen die doorverwijst naar de hoofdpagina van uw website." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:616 msgid "Social Features" msgstr "Sociale functies" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:621 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:619 msgid "Twitter Cards" msgstr "Twitter kaarten" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:623 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:621 msgid "" "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " "version." msgstr "Odoo heeft nog geen Twitter kaarten geïmplementeerd. Dit wordt gedaan in de volgende versie." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:625 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Sociale netwerk" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:629 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:627 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " "you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" " **Website Admin** application." msgstr "Odoo staat u toe om alle sociale netwerk accounts te linken in uw website. Het enige dat u moet doen is al uw accounts opgeven in het **Instellingen** menu van de **Website Admin** applicatie." -#: ../../website/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:632 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "Test uw website" -#: ../../website/seo.rst:636 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:634 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeabcd934 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,9993 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# fisher szu <szufisher@gmail.com>, 2015 +# jeffery chen fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2015-2016 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015 +# zhangpeiqing <zpq001@live.com>, 2015 +# 大漠 <zhylninc@gmail.com>, 2016 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 03:33+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "会计" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "银行& 现金" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "银行费用" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 +msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +msgstr "导入Coda 对账单文件 (仅比利时)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +msgid "" +"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" +" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " +"bank statements." +msgstr "CODA 是比利时银行对账单文件格式。多数比利时银行，以及 Isabel 软件，允许下载你所有银行对账单 CODA 文件。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "对于Odoo, 你可以从你的银行或者会计软件下载CODA文件并直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" +"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +msgstr "现在测试功能 ` CODA 示例文件 <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 +msgid "Install the CODA feature" +msgstr "安装 CODA 功能" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " +"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" +" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " +"<InstallCoda_>`_" +msgstr "如果你已经安装了Odoo提供的比利时科目表，CODA 导入功能默认已安装。在这种情况下，你可以直接转到下一章 `导入你的第一个 coda 文件<InstallCoda_>`_" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " +"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " +"in .CODA Format** and apply." +msgstr "如果CODA没激活，你首先激活它。在会计应用中，去菜单 :菜单选择:`配置--> 设置`. 在会计设置中，检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 +msgid "Import your first CODA file" +msgstr "导入你的CODA文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " +"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +msgstr "一旦你已经安装了此功能，你可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板**, 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击**导入** 来创建你的说要银行对账单。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " +"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +msgstr "如果成功加载该文件，你会被重定向到银行核对屏幕，所有的交易会被重新核对。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 +msgid "Importing CODA files" +msgstr "导入 CODA 文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " +"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "在导入了你的第一个文件后，这个Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议你为你的银行导入更多的文件。为了下一次导入，你不需要再去点击 * *更多* * 按钮，你可以直接在链接上点击 **导入声明**。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " +"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" +" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" +" bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr ":doc:`qif`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " +"but also register your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 +msgid "Create your Bank Statements" +msgstr "创建银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " +"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " +"will be found underneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " +"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " +"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" +" equal to the computed balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 +msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存**." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 +msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" +" |manual04|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" +" on **Reconcile # Items**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " +"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 +msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +msgstr "从对账关闭银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " +"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 +msgid "Close Bank Statements" +msgstr "关闭银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " +"then click on Bank Statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 +msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 +msgid "Import OFX statement files" +msgstr "导入OFX 对账单文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " +"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " +"consumers via the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " +"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " +"bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 +msgid "Importing OFX files" +msgstr "导入OFX 文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " +"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " +"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " +"click on the link **Import Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " +"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " +"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" +" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " +"reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr ":doc:`coda`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "安装 account_yodlee 模块" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "设置你的PayPal帐户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 +msgid "Import QIF statement files" +msgstr "导入QIF 对账单文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " +"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " +"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" +" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" +" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." +" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " +"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " +"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " +"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" +" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " +"all your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 +msgid "Importing QIF files" +msgstr "导入 QIF 文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" +msgstr "如何与银行同步odoo？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" +" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " +"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " +"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " +"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" +" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " +"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " +"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 +msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +msgstr "为了与银行连接, Odoo 使用两个 web-services:" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 +msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +msgstr "此处填写例如：美国的主要银行" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 +msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Odoo 在线用户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" +" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" +" module **account_yodlee**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Odoo 企业用户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 +msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "同步银行费用" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " +"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" +" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" +" account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " +"**Bank Synchronization**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " +"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " +"and fill in your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " +"every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "杂项" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "如果管理支票的批量缴存?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "安装批量缴存功能" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能,你需要安装模块**批存款**。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "从收到支票到银行" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "收到客户支票" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " +"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" +" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." +" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "在备忘录字段，你可以设置支票的参考。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "预备批量缴存" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "使用银行对账单调节缴存" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " +"deposit the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "排查" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "假如支票被拒绝会发生什么?" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "检查科目表以及默认转账账户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " +"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "记录内部转账" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " +"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " +"<Reconcile_>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "保存并确认变更登记付款。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "下列窗口将会打开：" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" +" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "银行调节" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "配置条目模型" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "创建调节模型" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "最后，点击 **Reconcile** 完成过程." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "银行调节过程中的使用案例？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " +"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " +"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " +"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 +msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." +msgstr "odoo中存在2种对账过程." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" +msgstr "能在发票上直接登记付款" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "我们能用银行对账单调节开放的发票" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " +"do is install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +msgid "User cases" +msgstr "使用案例" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "案例1: 付款登记" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +msgid "" +"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " +"& Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " +"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +msgid "" +"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " +":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "案例2: 银行对账单对账" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " +"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **Reconcile # Items**" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "如果发现某些问题，需要执行**手工动作**。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "在Odoo，您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面，你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建，修改或删除的指导。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 +msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看*银行帐户*" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "银行对帐单的初始余额将被设置为自动在同一期杂志上一个期末余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "删除银行帐户或信用卡帐户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "如何管理银行的外币？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "激活多币种功能" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "配置货币" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " +"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "创建银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "科目试算平衡表" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "将此帐簿显示在仪表盘上" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "客户对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " +"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" +" be converted in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "如何管理现金出纳？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进出，计算总余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录，默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "用法" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付，你应该遵循以下步骤：" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "注册交易，指定链接到交易的客户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "把钱放入" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "拿钱出来" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "其他" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "顾问" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " +"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " +"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " +"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +msgstr "在 \"资产\" 模块，可以让你保持跟踪机械，土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项，获得折旧板，出售或处置资产，并对公司的资产产生报告。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " +"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " +"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " +"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" +" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +msgstr "举个例子，你可以买一辆车的$ 36,000个（总值），并且计划的期限平均摊销超过36个月（3年）。每月（周期），Odoo将创建一个折旧分录自动降低自己的资产价值由$ 1,000，并通过1000 $的费用。 3年后，该资产在资产负债表占$ 0（残值）。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " +"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +msgstr "不同类型的资产分为'资产类型'，描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子：" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 +msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" +msgstr "建筑：10年，按年直线折旧" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" +msgstr "汽车：5年，按月直线折旧" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Asset module" +msgstr "安装资产模块" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 +msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" +msgstr "首先，*安装资产模块。*" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" +" application:" +msgstr "一旦模块被安装了，你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个新的菜单：" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 +msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 +msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " +"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 +msgid "Defining Asset Types" +msgstr "定义资产类型" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " +"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " +"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " +"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " +"asset type on the supplier bill." +msgstr "资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息: 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来，顾问可以配置资产类型，用户可以进一步记录资产，而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " +"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " +"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " +"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +msgstr "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型'汽车：5年'，'计算机硬件：3年'。对于所有其他资产，你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如'36个月'的名字他们，'10年'，..." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +msgstr "要定义资产类型，进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 +msgid "Create assets manually" +msgstr "手动创建资产" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Assets`." +msgstr "要手动登记资产，进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产`。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " +"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " +"confirming the asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" +" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " +"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产，你仍然需要建立供应商账单这一资产。资产文件只会产生折旧日记帐分录，而不是那些涉及到供应商账单。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 +msgid "Explanation of the fields:" +msgstr "字段的说明:" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 +msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" +msgstr "尝试创建一个*资产*我们的在线演示" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 +msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" +msgstr "从供应商票据自动创建资产" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " +"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " +"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " +"the supplier bill." +msgstr "资产可以从供应商账单中自动创建。所有你需要做的是设置您的帐单上线的资产类别。当用户将验证票据，资产将被自动创建，使用供应商帐单的信息。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " +"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " +"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" +" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " +"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " +"be filled in the supplier bill." +msgstr "如果你把资产的产品，资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 +msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" +msgstr "如何折旧资产？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " +"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" +" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " +"been created for this line." +msgstr "Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制：绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " +"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +msgstr "但你也可以通过点击绿色子弹，迫使建立相关的折旧入境后的预产期前日记帐分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " +"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " +"entries which are already posted." +msgstr "在折旧板，点击红色子弹后日记帐分录。点击 :guilabel:`Items` 键在顶部，看看哪些是已经发布的日记帐分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 +msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" +msgstr "如何修改现有的资产？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 +msgid "Change the number of depreciation" +msgstr "更改折旧次数" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." +msgstr "Odoo会自动重新计算一个新的折旧板。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 +msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" +msgstr "如何记录出售或处置资产？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." +" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " +"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " +"should be registered through a customer invoice." +msgstr "如果您出售或处置资产，则需要完全地贬低该资产。点击按钮 :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`。这一行动将在本资产的全部成本，但它不会记录应通过客户发票登记的销售交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "如何管理财务预算?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " +"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " +"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " +"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " +"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "预算状况" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " +"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " +"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " +"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "点击*选择*。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "确认你的预算设置。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "分析会计" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " +"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " +"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " +"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " +"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " +"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "设置预算" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "你需要确认并且同意这个预算" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "检查预算" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "" +"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 +msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "返回预算明细并且找到具体项目" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "确认所有**客户发票**已输入和批准。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单**。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "审核所有的费用，保证其正确。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "年终（科目）余额" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "运行 **税报表**, 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "在 **资产负债表** 调节所有科目 :" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "工作进度" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "折旧帐簿明细" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "贷款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "纳税调整" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "分析" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can refer to the following docs about reinvoicing costs through " +"analytical accounts: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:40 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "启用分析会计" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and thick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Don't forget to save our changes." +msgstr "不要忘了保存" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:58 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "创建分析账户" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:60 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "费用记录" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:78 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "创建一个费用产品" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "创建链接到分析账户的采购订单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "采购产品" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " +"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " +"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:121 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "外包" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For more information about subcontracting please refer to the following " +"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "跟踪成本" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " +"Progress)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "分析会计" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "分析会计使用案例" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "**总账科目**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "**分析账户**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**科目**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "2122" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "-1 500" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "-450" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "200" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "2121" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "10000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "-2 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "-3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "-1 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "-400" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "**总账科目**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "-15" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "-45" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "-60" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "280" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "-42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "42" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "-35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "35" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "3 000" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "结论" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 +msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 +msgid "What is an account type ?" +msgstr "科目类型是什么？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " +"account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " +"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " +"generate opening entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " +"category according to its behaviour or purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 +msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" +msgstr "odoo中有哪些科目类型？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " +"types. Just pick the one related to your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 +msgid "**List of account types**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "应付账款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "银行和现金" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "流动资产" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "非流动资产" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "预付账款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "非流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "权益" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "其它收入" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "收入" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "费用报销" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 +msgid "Direct Costs" +msgstr "直接成本" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 +msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" +msgstr "我如何来配置我的账户？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " +"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " +"related to your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 +msgid "" +"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " +"you can create your own accounts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 +msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "库存" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "定义采购价格" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "平均成本示例" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "增量值" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "库存价值" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "在手数量" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "平均成本" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "发货10片产品" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "采购退货使用案例" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**$2**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**$0**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "价格差异" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "启用多币种" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "配置你的日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "用其他币种记录银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "检查汇兑汇率差异" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Odoo的多币种是如何工作的？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "开启多币种" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "汇兑汇率日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "动态货币汇率" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "配置科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "配置日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "销售订单和发票" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "付款登记" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " +"payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "启用多币种" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "发票" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "多币种付款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "多币种银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报告" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" +" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click the **?** " +"at the top right, then **About**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 +msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 +msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." +" Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**科目表**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**银行调节**" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "总账" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "到期的应付款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "到期的应收款" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "现金流报告" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "税务报告" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply specific taxes by country, state or city?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the default tax to apply on a product/service is set on the " +"**product form**. But, some customers may have specific tax rates because of" +" their status (in some countries, construction companies are VAT exempts) or" +" their location (customers in a different country, state and/or city may be " +"subjected to another tax rate)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to select the right tax to apply according to the customer or " +"product, Odoo uses the concept of **fiscal positions**. If a customer has a " +"specific fiscal position, the default tax may be replaced by another one. " +"(as an example, construction companies have 0% instead of 21% in Belgium for" +" construction related work)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As an example, in Belgium, for the VAT tax, there are 3 fiscal positions " +"that depend on on the country of the customer and some companies (like " +"construction companies) benefit from a specific fiscal treatments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:21 +msgid "**Belgian companies:** with 21% VAT (default, on product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:23 +msgid "**European companies:** with 0% VAT (intra-EU)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Other countries:** 0% (but a different tax since it uses different " +"accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Construction companies:** with 0% VAT, only for construction companies in " +"Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:35 +msgid "Set the right taxes on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The main taxes are automatically configured according to the chart of " +"accounts of your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"But if you want to set a specific tax on a specific product, you can set the" +" **sales and purchases taxes** on the **product form**, under the " +"**Accounting tab**. These taxes are the default one (used when you sell to " +"companies that are in the same country/state than you)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-company environment, the sales and purchase taxes may" +" have a different value according to the company you work for. You can login" +" into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:55 +msgid "Defining Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to the chart " +"of accounts of your country. But you may have to create fiscal positions " +"manually for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To define fiscal positions, from the **Accounting** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined " +"on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, european " +"customers have a VAT of 0% instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also map the **income / expense account** according to the fiscal " +"position. For example, in Belgium, revenues from sales are not posted in the" +" same account than revenues from sales in foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:78 +msgid "Apply fiscal positions automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you check the box **Detect Automatically**, the fiscal position will be " +"applied automatically if the **Country**, **State**, **City** or even the " +"**Country Group** matches. You can also apply the fiscal position only to " +"companies having a valid **VAT number**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can also set a target **Country/State/City**. The fiscal position will " +"be applied if the destination address of the customer matches these " +"criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:93 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "特殊使用案例" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the **Tax to Apply** field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same **Tax on Product**. You can also " +"create one that is a grouping of two other taxes, depending on how you want " +"to make them appear on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:107 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you keep the field **Fiscal Position** empty on customers " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers`, the fiscal position is " +"applied automatically on sales order, purchase orders, web orders and " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:116 +msgid "" +"But, if you set the fiscal position, Odoo will use this specific fiscal " +"position for this customer on orders (example: construction companies). In " +"such a case, it's recommended to set the fiscal position on the customer " +"form. Odoo will automatically reuse this value for orders and invoices, " +"without trying to auto-detect the fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position at the sale order or invoice level, it will " +"only apply to this document only and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to define new taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal taxes, retention, withholding " +"taxes, etc. For most countries, the chart of account you setup is " +"automatically pre-configured with the main taxes of the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:15 +msgid "Managing Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Defining new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to create new taxes, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Taxes` in the accounting application. From this menu, you will get all the " +"taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:27 +msgid "When you create a new tax, you can set the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 +msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Tax Account**: is the account where the tax journal item will be posted. " +"This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo posts the tax journal " +"item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"21% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"21%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. (usually, you can keep this field " +"empty)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:50 +msgid "Taxes allow different computation mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:52 +msgid "**Fixed**, example: an eco-tax of $1.34 per battery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:54 +msgid "**Percentage**, example: 15% sales tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:56 +msgid "**Percentage of price**, tax included: example in brazil" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If a tax is included in price, it means that the price set on the product " +"form includes this tax. As an example, let's say you have a product with a " +"sale tax of 10%. The sale price on the product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:74 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:76 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:78 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:80 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:82 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:84 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:86 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:88 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:94 +msgid "Stop using a tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field **Tax Scope** to **None**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:101 +msgid "Setting your default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once you have created your taxes, you can define which tax is the default " +"one when creating new products (for sales and purchase taxes). To set the " +"default taxes, in the accounting application, go in the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once taxes are set by default, when you create a new product, Odoo will " +"propose you the right taxes by default on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Setting the default taxes impact the creation of product, but not sales " +"order or invoices. The tax used on sales order or invoices is defined by the" +" product on the sale order line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`retention`" +msgstr ":doc:`retention`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "如何设置odoo会计？" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "完善你的公司设置" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "输入你的银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "选择你的科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "确认常用税率" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "设置外币" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "导入你的客户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "导入你的供应商" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "导入你的产品" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "导入你的未清账款交易" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "导入你的起始余额" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "为会计定义用户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo之外的会计学" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "此页中概括的方式Odoo处理典型的账户和交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "复式记账" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "Odoo自动创建的所有背后的幕后日记帐分录为每个会计交易：客户发票，销售点秩序，费用，库存的动作，等等。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "Odoo采用复式簿记规则：所有日记帐分录自动平衡（借方金额=学分的总和）。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "权责发生制和收付实现制方法" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但总是在同一时间工作于一体的公司。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "多币种" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币，Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "货币汇率是每天一次使用yahoo.com在线网络服务的更新。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "国际标准" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " +"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "Odoo会计支持超过50个国家。每个国家的Odoo核心会计实施的会计准则是通用于所有国家和特定模块的存在，为国家像账目，税收，或银行接口的图表的特殊性。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计（美国，英国,,等英语国家包括爱尔兰，加拿大，澳大利亚和新西兰），其中售出良好的成本报告时，产品主要销往/发表。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "欧洲会计那里费用占在供应商帐单。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " +"instead of a reverting the original journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "Odoo也有模块，符合国际财务报告准则的规则。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "由于交易相关联的客户或供应商，你会得到报告，分别对每个客户/供应商分析，如客户陈述，收入按客户，年龄应收/应付账款，..." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "在Odoo，你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从高级管理报告的基本会计报告。 Odoo的报告包括：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表，预算差异）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "位置报告（如资产负债表，到期应付款，到期应收款）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "管理报告（如预算，执行概要）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "自动导入银行回单" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "银行对帐是一个过程，在总账由银行提供的，你的会计交易相匹配的银行对账单行。 Odoo使得银行对帐容易被频繁导入银行对帐单行从银行直接到你的Odoo帐户。这意味着你可以有你的现金流的日线看，而无需登录到您的网上银行或等待你的论文银行对账单。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "Odoo通过匹配你的大部分进口的银行对帐单行到你的会计交易加快了银行对账。 Odoo还记得你是如何处理的其他银行对帐单行并提供建议的总帐交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "Odoo总计所有的会计事项为您的纳税期限，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后，您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表检查你的销售税。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "库存估价" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "Odoo支持定期（手动）和永续（自动）库存估价。可用的成本方法是标准价，平均价，LIFO 后进先出（对于允许的国家而言）和FIFO先进先出。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "容易的留存收益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "未分配利润是你的公司留存收益的部分。 Odoo自动计算出你目前的年盈利实时所以没有年终期刊或翻转是必需的。这是通过自动报告的盈亏平衡你的资产负债表报告计算。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "成绩单" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " +"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 +msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " +"inventory and subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " +"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 +msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " +"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " +"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " +"go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 +msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "企业家的会计备忘录（US GAAP美国通用会计准则）" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "每年，净利润（或亏损）的报告留存收益。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "什么是国有（资产）已经通过债务融资偿还（债务）或股权（利润，资本）。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "的不同是购买的资产（如建筑物）和费用（如燃料）之间进行。资产的内在价值随着时间的推移，对具有这些价​​值被消耗，为公司'工作'费用。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "资产=负债+所有者权益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "会计科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "余额=借方 - 贷方" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "日记帐分录" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "公司的每个财务文件（如发票，银行对账单，工资单，增资合同）记录为日记帐分录，影响多个账户。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "对于日记帐分录是*平衡*，它的所有借方的总和必须等于其所有学分的总和。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "例1：客户发票：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "说明：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "产生收入 $ 1,000" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "支付税金 $ 90" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "客户欠 $ 1,090" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "配置：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "收入：在产品定义，或者产品类别" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "应收账款：定义在客户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "税：在发票上线税收集中定义" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "例2：客户付款方式：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1,090少" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "你收到$ 1,090您的银行帐户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "银行账户：在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "调节" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "和解是连接特定帐户的日记项目，配套贷方和借方的过程。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "它的主要目的是为了纪念那些付款的发票，并清除客户声明链接支付给他们的相关发票。这是通过执行和解的*应收账款*帐户做。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "和解是由系统时自动执行的：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "支付直接在发票登记" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "在银行的匹配过程中检测到的支付和发票之间的联系" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "客户声明实例" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "借" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "贷" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "发票1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "付款1.1" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "发票2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "付款1.2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "付款2" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "发票3" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "待支付合计" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "银行和解的银行对帐单行的匹配（由银行提供）与内部记录（支付给供应商或客户）的交易。对于在银行对账单的每一行，它可以是：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "当从客户收到的支票付款登记，然后检查银行对账单时，匹配" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "记录为一个新的付款方式：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "记录为另一个交易：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "银行转帐，直充等。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "支票处理" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "有两种方法来管理的检查和内部电汇：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "2笔日记帐分录和1笔对账调节" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时，第二个是创建。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "帐户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "发票ABC" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "未缴存的资金" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "支票0123" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "银行" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单，该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "银行对帐单" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "对账单XYZ" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Accounting Terminologies" +msgstr "会计名词术语" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "Journal" +msgstr "日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " +"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " +"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "Payment Terms" +msgstr "付款条件" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " +"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " +"two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " +"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " +"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " +"records in Odoo say the same thing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" +" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" +" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " +"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "Deposit Ticket" +msgstr "存单" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " +"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " +"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " +"deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "Journal Entry" +msgstr "日记帐分录" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" +" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " +"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " +"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " +"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " +"valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 +msgid "Journal Item" +msgstr "日记账项目" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 +msgid "Analytic Accounts" +msgstr "分析账户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " +"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " +"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " +"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " +"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " +"purpose of reporting or analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "Analytic Entries" +msgstr "分析条目" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Receipt" +msgstr "销售收据" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 +msgid "" +"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " +"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" +" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" +" a store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " +"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" +" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " +"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "递延收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " +"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " +"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " +"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " +"the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 +msgid "Fiscal Position" +msgstr "财政状况" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " +"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," +" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " +"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " +"according to the products they buy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "过程概述" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" +msgstr "从发票到付款收集" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "从草稿发票到损益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "发票创建" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "草稿发票" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "**合作伙伴**" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "2015-07-01" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "销售" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "调节" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " +"equity at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" +msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "从供应商账单到付款" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "应付账款" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Misc" +msgstr "杂项" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "销售价: 0.32" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "费用报销工作流程" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "如何预测未来要付的账单？" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Pay supplier bills" +msgstr "支付供应商帐单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "使用支票支付" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "安装必须的模块" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "激活支票付款方式" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "用支票登记付款" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 +msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "打印支票" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 +msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +msgstr "调节银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +msgid "" +"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 +msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 +msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单：" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 +msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "使用SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "激活银行SEPA付款方法" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "登记付款" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "生成SEPA 文件" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Supplier Bills" +msgstr "供应商票据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "什么时候应该使用供应商帐单或购买发票？" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "登记收据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "odoo标准工作流程：" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单，确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)**。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "安装采购和库存应用" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "采购产品或服务" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " +"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " +"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" +" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" +" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " +"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " +"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" +" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " +"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +msgid "" +"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +msgid "" +"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" +" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " +"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "应收账款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "客户发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" +msgstr "如何设置现金折扣？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " +"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." +" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " +"of a business's cash conversion cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" +" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " +"of receiving the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "付款条款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " +"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " +"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " +"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " +"the payment term with two installments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 +msgid "98% within 5 days" +msgstr "5天内98%" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 +msgid "balance within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " +"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " +"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " +"pay within 5 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "Bank reconciliation model" +msgstr "银行调节模型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " +"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" +" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " +"\"Reconciliation Models\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 +msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "**Amount**: 100%" +msgstr "**合计**: 100%" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 +msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " +"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " +"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " +"model per payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" +" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " +"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " +"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " +"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " +"journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " +"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" +" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " +"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " +"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid "" +"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " +"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" +" on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 +msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " +"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " +"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" +" payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgstr "递延收入: 如何自动处理？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " +"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " +"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " +"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," +" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " +"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " +"posted on the income statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " +"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " +"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" +" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " +"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "模块安装" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " +"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " +"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " +"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" +" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" +" might check if the module is correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 +msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +msgstr "定义递延收益类型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 +msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 +msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 +msgid "1 year service contract" +msgstr "1年服务合同" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "3 years service contracts" +msgstr "3年服务合同" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " +"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" +" revenue type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" +msgstr "递延收益类型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 +msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" +msgstr "支持合同：3年" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 +msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" +msgstr "Netflix订阅:3年" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "Flowers every month" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 +msgid "1 year product contract" +msgstr "1年产品合同" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +msgid "Sell and invoice products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " +"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " +"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Dr**" +msgstr "**借**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 +msgid "**Cr**" +msgstr "**贷**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +msgid "Accounts receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +msgid "24000" +msgstr "24000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +msgid "Deferred revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " +"recognition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 +msgid "Service revenue account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" +" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 +msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " +"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" +msgstr "例如，对于一个特定发票：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" +msgstr "10日内付款50%" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" +msgstr "30日内付款剩下的余额" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " +"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " +"payment term but an invoice policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " +"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " +"exactly 100%)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 +msgid "Payment terms for customers" +msgstr "付款方式为客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 +msgid "You can set payment terms on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " +"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " +"any tax on the invoice):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "到期日" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " +"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％，3天之内付款期限，并在30天内的平衡，你会得到以下日记帐分录：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "Jan 03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "Jan 30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "90" +msgstr "90" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " +"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 +msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" +msgstr "如何修改验证过的发票？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " +"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " +"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " +"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 +msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 +msgid "Refund the original invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 +msgid "Create a new invoice" +msgstr "创建一个新发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 +msgid "Modify an invoice" +msgstr "修改一个发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " +"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" +" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 +msgid "Refund the original invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 +msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 +msgid "Validate the new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" +" Refund button on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" +" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " +"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " +"that is a duplicate of the original one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 +msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 +msgid "" +"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " +"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr ":doc:`refund`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "开票流程概述" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "根据您的企业和您使用的应用程序，也有不同的方法来自动执行客户发票创作Odoo。通常情况下，发票草案由系统创建的（与其他文件，如销售订单或合同信息，敬请）和会计师只需要验证发票的草案，并发送发票批（通过普通邮件或电子邮件）。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "根据您的业务，您可以选择的以下方式创建发票草案之一：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "销售订单‣发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "在大多数公司中，销售人员创建报价之成为销售订单一旦被验证。然后，发票草案是根据销售订单的创建。你有这样不同的选项：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "手工发票：利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "发票交付之前：触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "根据送货单发票：参见下一节" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "分娩前发票通常所用的电子商务应用程序，当客户支付的订单，我们提供算账。 （预付费）" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "对于大多数其他用途的情况下，建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票：发票整个订单，发票百分比（前进），发票的某些行，发票固定的前进。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "这个过程有利于双方的服务和实物产品。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "销售订单‣提货单‣发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票，而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业，你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同：食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "这样，如果你提供一个偏序，您只需为您真正提供发票。如果你做回单（交付部分，其余更高版本），客户将收到两张发票，每个传递顺序。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "电子商务订单也会触发创建订单的时候才缴足。如果允许以支票或电汇付款的订单，Odoo只创建一个订单，一旦收到付款发票将被触发。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "合同" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "定期合同‣发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "如果您使用的合同，您可以根据时间和材料的花费，费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月，营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "活动可以是：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "固定的产品/服务，从销售订单来了链接到该合同" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +msgstr "采购材料（你将重新开具发票）" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用，你重新发票给客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司，他们使用常规的销售订单。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "对于订阅，发票定期触发，自动。开票和服务的频率/产品发票上的合同的定义。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "手动创建发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "用户也可以手动创建发票，不使用合同或销售订单。这是，如果你不需要管理销售过程（报价）推荐的方法，或产品或服务的交付。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "即使你生成销售订单的发票，您可能需要在特殊情况下使用手动创建的发票：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "如果你需要创建一个退款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "如果你需要给一个折扣" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "如果您需要更改从销售订单创建发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "如果您需要发票的东西没有涉及到自己的核心业务" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "具体模块" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " +"customer invoices and supplier bills." +msgstr "付款条款规定的条件支付发票。它们适用于双方的客户发票和供应商的账单。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several times. If, for a " +"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " +"term but invoice conditions." +msgstr "付款期限为从开票不同了好几次。如果在一个特定的顺序，发票的客户分为两部分，这不是一个付款期限，但是发票的条件。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " +"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " +"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +msgstr "从客户应用程序的配置菜单配置您的一般付款条款。付款条款的描述是出现在发票或销售订单之一。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " +"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " +"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" +" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " +"100%)" +msgstr "的支付期限可有一条线（例如：21天）或几条线（3天以内10％，并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限，确保最新的一个是平衡的。 （避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％，因为，与舍入，它可能无法做完全100％）" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "使用付款条款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 +msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +msgstr "付款方式可以设置：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " +"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " +"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " +"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 +msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " +"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " +"this journal entry:" +msgstr "如果发票有付款条件，日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收，$ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +msgstr "在客户的声明中，你会看到两行不同的到期日。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgstr "付款方式的供应商票据" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " +"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" +" is enough." +msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件，就在预产期是不够的。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " +"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " +"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" +" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +msgstr "但是，如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批，你仍然可以使用的付款条件，完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限，则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" +msgstr "如何编辑或退还发票？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " +"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " +"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " +"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 +msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +msgstr "修改验证发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " +"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +msgstr "Odoo会自动：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 +msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" +msgstr "创建退款发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " +"Paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 +msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" +msgstr "创建一个新的发票草案可以修改" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +msgstr "然后，你可以修改发票草案，并对其进行验证，一旦它是正确的。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 +msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +msgstr "取消发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " +"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " +"and reconcile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " +"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +msgstr "没有别的需要做的事情。您可以发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户，如果你已经发送的原始发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 +msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" +msgstr "发票的再融资部分" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " +"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " +"refund\"." +msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票，使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域，选择'创建退款草案'。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " +"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," +" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +msgstr "Odoo会自动创建一个退款草案。你可以修改的退款（例如：删除您不想退还线），并对其进行验证。然后，发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " +"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " +"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " +"payment refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "客户付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "选项1: 未缴存的资金" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许核销”" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "从支票付款到银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "对账单匹配" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "100.00" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow " +"Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "完成后，请别忘了将信用卡科目设为允许核销" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "从信用卡付款到银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "**付款方法**: 信用卡" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "信用卡" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "信用卡" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "**备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" +msgstr "如何收款以及组织客户回款？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " +"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " +"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" +" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 +msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 +msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +msgstr "清理未清付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " +"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " +"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " +"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 +msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " +"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " +"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " +"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " +"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " +"your efforts on the appropriate customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " +"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " +"known as the **Customer Statement**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 +msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 +msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" +msgstr "更改和自定义发送给客户的信息" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 +msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" +msgstr "发送提醒邮件给客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 +msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" +msgstr "发送打印的提示信的客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 +msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 +msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 +msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 +msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " +"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" +" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " +"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " +"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." +" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " +"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " +"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" +" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " +"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " +"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " +"reminder button at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " +"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 +msgid "Sending customer statements" +msgstr "发送客户对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Customer Statements`." +msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " +"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " +"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " +"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " +"particular customer based after their next action date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " +"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " +"on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 +msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " +"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " +"the next action date set at every reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 +msgid "Setting up your dunning process" +msgstr "设置你的催款过程" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " +"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " +"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 +msgid "Some Examples are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 +msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" +msgstr "**Email**: 截止日期前3天" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email+Letter**:在截止日" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 +msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email+Call**: 截止日期后 15 天" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 +msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" +msgstr "**Email+Letter**: 截止日期后60天" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " +"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" +" based on your configured follow-up plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " +"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " +"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 +msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " +"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" +" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " +"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " +"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 +msgid "" +"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " +"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept paypal payments on invoices?" +msgstr "如何接受PayPal付款？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The \"Paypal Payment Acquirer\" module allows you to accept payments via " +"paypal, for your sales orders, invoices, or online orders. As paypal accepts" +" payments through credit cards (VISA, Mastercard, …), you will be able to " +"process most payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 +msgid "Paypal support two modes:" +msgstr "Paypal 支持两种模式:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Paypal Merchant Account: the user is redirected to paypal to do the payment " +"(either with a credit card or a paypal account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:15 +msgid "" +"PayPal PayFlow Pro (S2S, Server 2 Server): the user is not redirected to " +"paypal and the payment can be done in the background. This method is mostly " +"used for subscription businesses where you need to charge your customers " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:20 +msgid "As of today, Odoo only support the normal Paypal Merchant Account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" +msgstr "安装 \"PayPal 付款托收\" 模块" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Start by installing the **PayPal Payment Acquirer** module." +msgstr "开始安装 **PayPal 付款托收** 模块。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new payment acquirer in the " +"Setting application, menu \"Payment Acquirers\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Paypal is configured to work in a test environment, out-of-the-" +"box. It means you can already test the full order to payment flow with the " +"paypal sandbox, without having to configure the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "Creating and configuring a PayPal merchant account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Create a basic Paypal account" +msgstr "创建一个基本的 Paypal 账户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "Existing or newly created Personal Paypal account can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Or upgrade your account to Business account (merchant) if needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:55 +msgid "Paypal Account Summary page" +msgstr "Paypal 账户概览页面" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:58 +msgid "Paypal Configuration" +msgstr "Paypal 配置" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Access \"Seller preferences\" menu from `PayPal website " +"<https://www.paypal.com/myaccount/home>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:66 +msgid "Access \"Website preferences\" and configure Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" +msgstr "**数据库名称**: 你的公司" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" +msgstr "**网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "**Return URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" +msgstr "**返回网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:75 +msgid "These settings will redirect your buyer to your web confirmation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "Access and edit Instant payment notifications settings - IPN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 +msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" +msgstr "**数据库名称**: “你的公司”" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 +msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" +msgstr "**通知网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:90 +msgid "verify that your Notify URL uses the correct protocol (HTTP / HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Set the encoding to UTF-8 from the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Language Encoding --> More Options --> More selling tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Record your Merchant Paypal ID (personal or business account both will have " +"it) it will be entered in Odoo backend :menuselection:`Paypal Settings --> " +"Account Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to be able to pay through Paypal while not having" +" a Paypal account- following setting \"Paypal Account Optional\" needs to be" +" set to **ON**. All users will be able to choose Credit/debit card payment " +"option - Paypal account not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "Setup your Paypal Payment Acquirer account credentials in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:120 +msgid "" +":menuselection:`Settings --> Payments --> Payment Acquirers --> Paypal`" +msgstr ":菜单选择:`设置--> 付款--> 付款托收--> Paypal`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:122 +msgid "**Paypal Email ID**: your paypal account email address" +msgstr "**Paypal Email ID**: 你的 paypal 账户 email 地址" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "**Paypal Merchant ID**: ID retrieved at previous step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If your eCommerce customer gets this Error Message after completing Paypal " +"payment instead of being redirected to your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Verify the Auto Return URL you have `configured in Paypal " +"<WebsitePreferences_>`_ is correct and pointing to your own domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:143 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:145 +msgid "Enter the correct return URL and activate Auto Return" +msgstr "输入正确的返回网址并激活自动返回" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"or deactivate Auto Return and delete URL (this method will have an extra " +"click through Paypal in order to return to your ecommerce page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "支付一个发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "登记付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "在银行帐户之间转移钱" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid?" +msgstr "如何收款？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 +msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" +msgstr "如何有计划的自动跟进客户？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " +"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " +"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " +"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " +"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " +"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 +msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "When?" +msgstr "何时？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "What?" +msgstr "什么？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 +msgid "Who?" +msgstr "谁？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "3 days before due date" +msgstr "3天后过期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "邮箱" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "1 day after due date" +msgstr "1 天后过期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 +msgid "Email + Regular Letter" +msgstr "电子邮件 + 定期信件" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "15 days after due date" +msgstr "15 天后过期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +msgid "Call the customer" +msgstr "致电客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "John Mac Gregor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "35 days after due date" +msgstr "35天后过期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 +msgid "Email + Letter + Call" +msgstr "电子邮件 + 信件 + 电话" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "60 days after due date" +msgstr "60 天后过期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Formal notice" +msgstr "正式通知" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 +msgid "Bailiff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 +msgid "Install Reminder Module" +msgstr "安装提醒模块" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " +"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " +"management**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 +msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " +"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " +"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 +msgid "" +"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" +" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 +msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" +msgstr "Odoo为每个提醒定义了几个行动:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 +msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" +msgstr "**发送一个邮件:** 使用所提供的文本发送一封电子邮件给客户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" +msgstr "**发送一个信件:** 使用提供的备注，通过定期邮件发送一个信件" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 +msgid "" +"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " +"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " +"1st but the due date is January 30, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " +"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 +msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " +"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " +"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " +"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " +"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " +"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " +"much more work once you do it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " +"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " +"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " +"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 +msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 +msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" +msgstr "取得客户的联系方式并联系他" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 +msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 +msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " +"debtor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 +msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 +msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 +msgid "Send an email with the statement" +msgstr "发送一份申明邮件" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " +"integration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " +"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 +msgid "Drill down to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " +"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " +"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " +"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " +"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 +msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" +msgstr "如何从自动催款里面排除发票？" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 +msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" +msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`会计--> 销售--> 客户对账单`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " +"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " +"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " +"required date according to the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " +"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " +"date and note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 +msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " +"checkbox **Excluded**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 +msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f24f8e4f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-26 02:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "应用" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c9b1f831 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,2325 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# fausthuang, 2016 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2016 +# Joshua Jan <popkar77@gmail.com>, 2016 +# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 08:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: fausthuang\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "怎么上架产品？" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "没有变量的列表" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "为了列出一个产品，你需要选中产品格式的**使用 eBay**字段。 eBay的标签将可用。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "当**使用库存数量** 字段被选中, eBay上的数量设置将会是Odoo的 **预测数量**." + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "该**描述模板**允许你为您的物品使用模板。默认的模板只使用产品的**eBay 描述**字段。您可以使用内部HTML的**描述模板**和**eBay 描述**。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:22 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "有变体的清单" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "当**使用易趣**变化的产品被勾选，并以**固定价格**作为**列表类型**，eBay的形式略有不同的。在变体列组，您可以选择将哪个变体列在eBay上并为每个变种设定价格数量。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:33 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "列出项目细节" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/manage.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "为了增加项目细节，你应该在产品形式上创建产品的变体属性" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "如何在ODOO中配置 eBay ?" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "创建eBay令牌" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "为了创建您的令牌，你需要在'开发者门户<https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`创建一个开发者账户_。一旦你登录后，你可以通过点击相关按钮创建**沙箱钥匙**和**生产钥匙**。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "创建密钥后，可以获取用户令牌。要做到这一点，点击**获取用户令牌**在页面底部的链接。通过这个界面，登录你的eBay帐户，你会得到配置在Odoo模块所需要的密钥和令牌。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "在Odoo设置令牌" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "设置eBay集成，去到：菜单选项:销售-->配置-->设置" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "首先选择如果你想使用生产或沙箱的eBay网站。然后填写相应的栏目**开发密钥**，**令牌**，** APP密钥**，**证书密钥**。应用这些更改。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "当页面被重新加载，你需要从eBay同步信息。推送**同步国家和币种**，然后你可以填写其他字段。" + +#: ../../crm/ebay/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "当所有的字段被填写好，你可以点击相关的按钮同步种类和策略。" + +#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 +msgid "Leads" +msgstr "线索" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "创建线索" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" +msgstr "如何通过邮件收取生成相关线索?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " +"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " +"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " +"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " +"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " +"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " +"create a new opportunity into the sales team." +msgstr "有几种方式为你的公司使用Odoo CRM 生成线索。一种是使用你公司的公共邮箱地址作为触法生成一个新的线索。在Odoo中，每个销售团队被链接到他们自己的邮箱地址以便潜在客户能联系上他们。比如，如果你的Direct团队的个人邮件地址是**direct@mycompany.example.com**,每个发送的邮件会自动生成一个新的机会在销售团队中。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " +"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " +"module --> General Settings`." +msgstr "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的**发送电子邮件服务器**和**接收电子邮件网关**：从菜单选项：`设置模块 - >常规设置`。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "然后从这里下图所示的字段设置您的别名域，然后点击**应用**。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 +msgid "Set up team alias" +msgstr "配置销售团队昵称" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " +"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" +" existing sales teams." +msgstr "转到销售模块上，然后点击**仪表板**。您将看到您的域别名的激活产生了一个默认的电子邮件别名为您现有的销售团队。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " +"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " +"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " +"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." +msgstr "您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\"更多\"按钮，然后在**设定**进入销售团队的形式。进入**电子邮件别名**字段中输入您的电子邮件别名，然后点击**保存**。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " +"into the related sales team." +msgstr "从那里，发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生成一个新的线索进入相关的销售团队。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 +msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" +msgstr "设置 获取-所有 邮件域名" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" +" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " +"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " +"domain." +msgstr "此外，以您的销售团队的别名，你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如*@联系人*或*信息@ *)，也将产生Odoo CRM新的联系人。仍然在销售模块，去：菜单选项：`配置 - > 设置`并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " +"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " +"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " +"activated in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "您可以在这里看到下面的截图单选按钮选择从 catch-all 电子邮件产生的联系是否成为线索或机会。需要注意的是，默认情况下，线索阶段不在Odoo CRM激活。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`manual`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr ":doc:`import`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`website`" +msgstr ":doc:`website`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" +msgstr "怎么将联系人导入CRM?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " +"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" +" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " +"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM，您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库，例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想，如果最好的选择是导入你的联系作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程：" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " +"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" +" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " +"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " +"management." +msgstr "一些公司可能决定不使用线索，而是直接保持所有信息作为机会。对于一些公司，线索仅仅是在销售过程中的额外步骤。你可以称之为扩展(从开始线索)与简化的客户关系管理(从机会开始)." + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " +"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " +"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " +"database as leads" +msgstr "Odoo完全允许这些方法中的选择任何一个。如果你的公司处理从一个预先验证步骤的销售，如下面顺序描述首先激活线索阶段以便可以作为线索导入数据库。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 +msgid "Activate the lead stage" +msgstr "激活线索阶段" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " +"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " +"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系情况做为线索而不是机会，如下所示去到：销售选项：配置-->设置，选择**使用线索如果...**并点击**应用**" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " +"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " +"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" +msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单：菜单选择：`销售 - > 线索`从中你将能够从**导入**按钮，导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索，：doc：`点击这里<手册>`)" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 +msgid "Import your CSV file" +msgstr "导入 CSV 文件" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" +" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" +" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " +"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" +" and display your columns properly." +msgstr "在新的子菜单：菜单选项：`销售 - > 线索`，点击**导入**并选择您的Excel文件，从**选择文件**按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是**.** CSV文件，不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项(**编码**和**分离器**)，以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " +"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " +"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." +msgstr "如果您的潜在客户数据库是以另一种格式而非CSV提供的，你可以使用Microsoft Excel，OpenOffice/ LibreOffice，谷歌文档等很容易地将其转换为CSV格式。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 +msgid "Select rows to import" +msgstr "选择记录以导入" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " +"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " +"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " +"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " +"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " +"Email, etc.)." +msgstr "如果你打勾*文件的第一行包含列的标签*的选项，从CSV文件中的列标题将自动映射到相应的字段。这使得导入更加容易，特别是当文件有很多列。当然，你可以重新映射列标题来描述你要导入的数据属性(姓，名，电子邮件等)." + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" +" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " +"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " +"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." +msgstr "如果你要导入你的联系活动作为机会而不是线索，确信增加*类型*列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" +" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " +"button: the same validations will be done." +msgstr "点击**验证**按钮，如果你要在导入前让Odoo校验一切看上去就可以了。除此以外，你可以直接按导入按钮：相同的验证也会被执行。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " +"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " +"Import tool on the same window." +msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系人情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息，可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的**常见问题**" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`emails`" +msgstr ":doc:`emails`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "如何在ODOO CRM中创建客户联系人?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " +"either a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "Odoo CRM可让您手动添加联系情况到您的管道。它可以是线索或机会。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " +"to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use " +"leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话，去：菜单选项：配置-->设置，如下所示选择选项**选择线索如果...**并点击**应用**。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " +"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " +"create a new contact." +msgstr "这个激活会产生一个新的子菜单**线索**在**销售**里使你可以访问所有你的线索并创建新的联系人。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 +msgid "Create a new lead" +msgstr "创建新线索" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)`, 并点击 **创建** 按钮. " + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " +"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" +" the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing " +"company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will" +" be visible as a lead in your pipeline ." +msgstr "从联系界面，提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名，电子邮件，电话，地址等)，以及在**内部票据**字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑**客户**链接到现有的公司。点击保存，联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41 +msgid "" +"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" +" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " +"screen." +msgstr "你的线索可以直接交给指定的销售团队和销售人员通过点击在屏幕左上角的**转换成机会**" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 +msgid "Create a new opportunity" +msgstr "创建新的商机" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " +"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " +"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" +" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " +"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " +"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " +"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." +msgstr "您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队，而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的**管道**按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢，：DOC：'你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍>`。然后，点击**创建**并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下，新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " +"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " +"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" +" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" +" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" +" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " +"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" +" on it." +msgstr "另一个创建机会的方式是直接在特定阶段添加。比如，如果你已经和史密斯先生在会议上说过并且你马上要发一个报价给他。你可以直接添加他的联系细节在“主张\"阶段. 从你的销售团队的看板视图，点击在你的阶段的右侧的**+**图标以生成联系情况。新的机会会在相对应的阶段显示，然后你可以点击它填写具体的联系情况" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" +msgstr "如何从网站生成相应的线索?" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " +"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " +"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " +"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" +" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" +" funnel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 +msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " +"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " +"blog post)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " +"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " +"phone number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " +"CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" +" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " +"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " +"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" +"builder>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " +"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " +"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" +" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " +"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" +" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " +"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " +"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" +" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 +msgid "From an Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" +" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " +"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " +"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " +"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " +"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 +msgid "" +"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " +"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " +"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " +"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" +"marketing>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " +"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " +"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " +"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " +"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 +msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " +"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " +"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " +"generate a lead from forms submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" +"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " +"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " +"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " +"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " +"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " +"new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " +"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " +"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" +" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " +"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 +msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " +"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " +"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " +"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 +msgid "" +"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " +"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " +"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " +"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" +" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" +" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " +"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " +"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" +" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " +"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " +"submission)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " +"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " +"options will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" +" change the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " +"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " +"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " +"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 +msgid "" +"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " +"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" +" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " +"decimal number, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 +msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 +msgid "From another CMS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" +" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " +"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " +"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " +"<emails>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 +msgid "" +"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" +" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" +" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 +msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" +" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " +"Here are a few example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " +"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " +"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" +" leads based on the company size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 +msgid "" +"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" +" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " +"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" +" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" +" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" +" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " +"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" +" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " +"right sales teams and/or salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " +"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " +"<../../overview/started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" +" and install it if it's not the case already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 +msgid "Define rules for a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" +" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " +"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " +"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " +"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " +"tutorial " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " +"`Syntax reference guide " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" +"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " +"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 +msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" +msgstr "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " +"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " +"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " +"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " +"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 +msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " +"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " +"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" +" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " +"that country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" +" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " +"*Domain* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " +"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " +"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" +" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " +"“ready for sales”. Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to " +"your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " +"opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " +"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " +"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" +" rate and your sales team's efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 +msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 +msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " +"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " +"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " +"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " +"criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " +"two methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " +"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " +"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " +"than a prospect coming from New York." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " +"opportunities and most important clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " +"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " +"getting the desired result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 +msgid "" +"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " +"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " +"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " +"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " +"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 +msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 +msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 +msgid "" +"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" +" ``'email_from'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 +msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " +"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " +"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " +"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" +" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " +"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " +"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " +"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" +" which has set up a different minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " +"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" +" lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" +msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" + +#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" +msgstr "ODOO CRM 介绍" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "成绩单" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " +"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " +"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " +"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " +"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " +"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " +"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " +"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" +" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " +"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " +"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" +" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " +"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " +"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" +" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " +"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " +"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " +"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." +" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " +"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " +"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " +"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " +"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " +"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " +"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " +"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " +"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" +" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " +"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " +"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " +"for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" +" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " +"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 +msgid "" +"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " +"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" +" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" +" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " +"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " +"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " +"simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " +"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " +"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" +" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" +" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " +"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " +"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " +"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " +"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " +"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " +"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" +" also allows me to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " +"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " +"leads can then be converted into opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " +"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " +"turn them into sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " +"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " +"quotes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " +"getting started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 +msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 +msgid "" +"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " +"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " +"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "**Sales cycle** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 +msgid "**Pipeline :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " +"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " +"close leads through your sales cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 +msgid "**Sales stage** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" +" its probability to close a sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 +msgid "**Lead :**" +msgstr "**线索 :**" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " +"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +msgid "**Opportunity :**" +msgstr "**商机 :**" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 +msgid "" +"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " +"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " +"representative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +msgid "**Customer :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " +"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 +msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " +"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " +"success at reaching targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 +msgid "**Lead scoring** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " +"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " +"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 +msgid "**Kanban view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " +"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" +"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" +"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " +"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " +"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 +msgid "**List view :**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " +"listed in a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 +msgid "**Lead generation:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" +" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " +"cycle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 +msgid "**Campaign:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " +"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" +" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "过程检视" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 +msgid "What is lead generation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " +"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " +"relationship and to turn them into customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " +"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," +" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " +"centralize, track and manage leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 +msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " +"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " +"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " +"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" +" revenue and more work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 +msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " +"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " +"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " +"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" +" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" +" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " +"sales processes easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 +msgid "" +"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " +"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " +"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " +"lead and enter all the needed information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " +"opportunity in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" + +#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" +" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " +"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" +" lead to customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " +"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," +" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " +"directed to the module when the database is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " +"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " +"feature of the app is running smoothly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " +"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " +"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " +"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " +"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " +"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " +"whenever you feel it is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " +"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." +" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Set up your first sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Create a new team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " +"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " +":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 +msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" +" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " +"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " +"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" +" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " +"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " +"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " +"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " +"assign someone on your team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " +"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " +"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " +"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " +"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " +"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " +"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " +"more information about that process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Set up your pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " +"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" +" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " +"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " +"define the stages of your pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 +msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" +msgstr "将获取邮件转为商机的配置" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " +"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " +"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " +"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " +"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." +msgstr "参照: :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` 进行配置." + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 +msgid "Automate lead assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " +"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " +"opportunities automatically to the right department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " +"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " +"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " +"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " +"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " +"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " +"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " +"cycle for a given product or service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " +"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " +"sales funnel success." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 +msgid "Review pipelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " +"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " +"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " +"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " +":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " +"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " +"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" +" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" +" sales performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " +"**measures** icon, such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 +msgid "Expected revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 +msgid "overpassed deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " +"assignment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 +msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 +msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," +" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " +"Team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " +"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " +"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " +"highlighted on the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "定制报表" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " +"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" +" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " +"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " +"customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " +"your sales' performances :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 +msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " +"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " +"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " +"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " +"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " +"activities of your salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 +msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " +"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " +"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 +msgid "" +"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " +"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " +"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " +"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " +"closing.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " +"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " +"for each one of their opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" +msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 +msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " +"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " +"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " +"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " +"monthly targets and last month activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 +msgid "Install the CRM application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " +"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 +msgid "Create opportunities" +msgstr "创建商机" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " +"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " +"your dashboard (read the related documentation " +":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " +"log into the CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 +msgid "" +"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " +"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " +"excel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 +msgid "Daily tasks to process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " +"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " +"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 +msgid "Meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " +"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " +"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " +"appointments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 +msgid "Next actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" +" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " +"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " +"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " +"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" +" actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " +"your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 +msgid "Performances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " +"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " +"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 +msgid "Activities done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " +"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " +"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " +"regarding the activities that I have completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 +msgid "Won in opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " +"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 +msgid "Quantity invoiced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " +"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" +" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`analysis`" +msgstr ":doc:`analysis`" + +#: ../../crm/sale_ebay.rst:3 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Sales Team" +msgstr "销售团队" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage salespeople" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" +msgstr "如何创建新的销售人员?" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 +msgid "Create a new user" +msgstr "创建新的用户" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" +" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " +"instance - and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " +"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " +"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 +msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " +"salesman in the sales module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" +" as the statistics reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " +"be able to log into his personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 +msgid "Register your user into his sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " +"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" +" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " +"team, then on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " +":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " +"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " +"sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " +"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" +" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " +"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " +"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " +"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" +" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" +" badges inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " +"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " +"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " +"**CRM/Sale** modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " +"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " +"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " +"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " +"mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " +"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " +"Configure your challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 +msgid "Assign a responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 +msgid "Select your goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " +"manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " +"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " +"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " +"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " +"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " +"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " +"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " +"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 +msgid "number of new leads," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 +msgid "time to qualify a lead or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 +msgid "" +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " +"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new team?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " +"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" +" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " +"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " +"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " +"and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 +msgid "Fill in the fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 +msgid "Enter the name of your team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 +msgid "Select your team leader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 +msgid "Select your team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " +"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " +"access your new team from your Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " +"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" +" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " +"and customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " +"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " +"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " +"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " +"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " +"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" +" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " +"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," +" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " +"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 +msgid "Create and organize your stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 +msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " +"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " +"need to create one first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " +"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " +"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " +"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" +" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " +"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " +"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " +"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " +"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 +msgid "Set up stage probabilities" +msgstr "设置阶段概率" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 +msgid "What is a stage probability?" +msgstr "什么是阶段概率" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " +"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " +"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " +"the deal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " +"expected revenues of your sales cycle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " +"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " +"workflow could look like this :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " +"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 +msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 5%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " +"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 +msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 15%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 +msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 25%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 +msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" +msgstr "**提案**：潜在顾客收到了一个报价" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 +msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 50%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 +msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" +msgstr "**谈判**：和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 +msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " +"He his now a customer" +msgstr "**赢得**：潜在客户确认了给他的报价单，已经收到销售订单，他现在已经是客户了" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 +msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 100%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 +msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 +msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" +msgstr "*成功率 : 0%*" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " +"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " +"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " +"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 +msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " +"stage then on EDIT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " +"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " +"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " +"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " +"Won." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " +"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " +"name of a stage." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c3b5ca56 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expenses.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-24 16:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 <liangjia@qq.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../expenses.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "费用管理" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4212d022e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-26 02:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "Odoo 用户手册" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e04b9519 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,7011 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2016 +# jeffery chen fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2016 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 08:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "库存" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "条形码" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "日常处理" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "怎么样使用条码来操作盘点单？" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "来自条形码应用:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "点击 **盘点**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有物件产品，就扫5次，或者使用键盘设置数量)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理，在扫描产品之前扫描库位，例如扫描一个货架的条码；扫描货架上的所有产品；然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描，手工确认盘点或者通过扫描**确认**条码确认" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "如何处理送货单?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "有两种方法处理发货单：你可以在打印出来的单子上操作(并且扫描单子上的所有行)，或者在一个屏幕上(并且直接扫描产品)。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "处理打印的发货单" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "通过选择所有在**待做**列表中文档打印当天的发货单并且从上方菜单打印**拣货操作**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单，在文档右上角**扫码**下载屏幕上正确的记录" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "然后，给所有产品**扫描条码**，或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到，看不到或者丢失了，就扫描产品栈板上的条码" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品，扫描**确认**条码动作来完成操作" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "从电脑上或者移动设备处理所有的发货单" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "下载所有标记为**待做**的发货单，并且打开第一个" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "拣货并扫描列出的产品" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货，点击**确认**按钮或者扫描**确认条码**动作来完成该操作" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "通过点击右上角的**箭头**或者扫描\"\"下一页\"条码动作移到下一个发货单" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "如何处理内部调拨?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "在ODOO中, 存在两种情况的内部调拨:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "这些初始动作都由系统自动完成(例如，质量控制)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "工人创建的这些(例如，通过仪表盘的内部调拨)。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "开始内部调拨:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "从条码模块的首页，扫描**源库位**。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "拣货并**扫描产品**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "扫描 **目的位置**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "**验证** 调拨，以完成它" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "如何使用条形码来做批次号以及序列号管理?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "批次号能够从在收货，内部调拨，和发货的时候编辑：" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "在条码接口，**扫描**你想创建批次的产品从" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理，一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "**扫描**一个批次条码，手工的**输入**一个或者**留空**自动生成一个" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "一旦完成，点击或者扫描**确认**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "**批次号**和**序列号**之间的差别是什么？" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "**批次号**是一些特定产品的属性，所以每次当你扫描一个批次号，Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "相反的，一个**序列号**是独一无二的，只能用独一的条码表示，也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接收对同一个序列号的多次扫描" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "在此，我们配置**Lu - Petit Beukelaer**批次追踪" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "在收获中扫描一个产品，然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "点击保存/扫描**确认**然后就做完了" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法：可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "处理打印出来的收货单：" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "从当天**代收**列表中选择单据并打印入库单，并且从上面菜单打印**拣货操作**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单，扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "然后，扫描每个产品的条码，或者如果产品的条码不容易够到，看不清楚或者丢了的情况下，可以在调拨单的项目行上扫描条码" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "在电脑或者移动设备处理收货单" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "下载所有标记为**待收**的收货单，并且打开第一个。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候，点击**确认**按钮或者扫描**确认**条码动作来完成操作。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "移到下一个收货通过点击右上角的**箭头**或者扫描**下一页**条码动作" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "打开操作界面。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "扫描." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "拣货呈现，逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" +" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "配置条码扫描器" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "键盘布局" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "自动退货" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中激活条码？" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "设置产品条码" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" +" be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "给库位设置条码" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "条码格式" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "和以前一样，Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "仓库管理" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "库存调整" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "如何进行初始化盘点？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "仓库管理系统的一个重要特性就是保持库存正确" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "一旦产品被定义好，就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "开始初始化化盘点" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "为一种产品更新产品数量" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "可以看到在手数量标签里面的数量已经变化了" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "一次多个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品，部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下，我们选择**所有产品**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "添加库存中每一个产品的**实际数量**。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "点击**确认盘点**按钮确认该次盘点并过账。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "检查当前的库存，进入菜单选项：`库存控制 --> 产品`,并且点击 **列表按钮 **:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "如何在最小库存和按订单补货规则之间选择？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "术语" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "按单补货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "在产品表单信息的**存货**页面，点击**按单补货**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "交货订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "如何直接从供应商发货给客户(直运)？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "什么是直运" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "在实现直运的时候需要考虑到的点" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "配置直运" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +msgstr "如何把产品直接从供应商处发给客户？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "创建一个**销售订单**并且对某一订单行的路径设置为**直运**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "如何选择正确的仓库流程完成发货单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3中方式处理发货：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "**一步(发货)**：直接从库存发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "**两步(拣货＋发货)**：先让货物到出货区然后再发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "一步流程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "两步流程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "参阅文档: :doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "三步流程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "可以参阅文档：`three_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "如何处理一步发货(发货)？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "处理发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "点击你想要处理的调拨单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "配置提前期" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "在产品层面" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "**供应商提前期**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "**客户提前期**:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "**生产提前期**：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "在公司层面" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "**销售安全天数**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "**采购安全天数 **:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "在路径层面" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "在销售订单层面：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "**需求日期**:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "安装存货模块" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "允许管理路径" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "如何处理拣货这一步骤？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "如果可用，点击**预留**预留产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "如何处理包装这一步骤？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "如何处理发货这一步骤？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "如何处理两步发货(拣货＋发货)？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "允许管理路径" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "入库" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "**一步**：直接收货入库" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "**两步**：先入到入库区然后再进入库存" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "规则如下：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "**一步**收货直接入库" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "使用高级路径" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "如何在收货中添加质量控制步骤？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "如何控制收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "如何处理质检？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "如何配置仓库？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "如何2步收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "如何收货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "如何收货到仓库？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "批次号和序列号管理" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "用到的时候" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "不用的时候" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "如何管理产品的批次号？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "应用配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "点击**应用**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "操作类型配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "管理批次" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "点击批次图标" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "库存调整" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "根据产品盘点" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "一个批次的库存" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "批次追踪" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr ":doc:`differences`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "如何处理系列号" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "管理序列号" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "点击序列号图标：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:82 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "一个序列号的库存" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "每一行的数量应该是1" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "序列号追踪" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "杂项操作" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "代销库存的收货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "如何配置并运行排程器？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "排程器是什么" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "计算需求／排程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "配置并运行排程器" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "手工运行排程" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "如何报废产品？" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "不同的产品报废方法" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "Odoo提供了不同的报废产品的方式" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:8 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "成本方法" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " +"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +msgid "" +"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " +"Real Price);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:16 +msgid "" +"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " +"Perpetual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "标准价格" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:181 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "单位成本" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "在手数量" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "增量值" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "库存价值" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "发货10片产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " +"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " +"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:117 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products [#average-removal]_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "以€6的价格入库2 个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " +"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders. This " +"method is mainly justified in case of huge purchase price variations and is " +"quite unusual due to its operational complexity. Your actually need a " +"software like Odoo to keep this cost up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:113 +msgid "" +"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " +"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " +"matters in the cost computation. Moreover if you mistakenly process such an " +"order, there is no way to reset the cost price at its initial value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 +msgid "" +"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " +"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " +"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " +"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " +"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " +"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " +"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " +"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Such a method is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-4*€16" +msgstr "-4*€16" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 +msgid "-6*€10" +msgstr "-6*€10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 +msgid "€8" +msgstr "€8" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," +" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " +"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " +"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" +" quantity in stock * cost price)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:224 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "定期存货估价" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:231 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:250 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "供应商账单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:292 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:292 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "借" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:292 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "贷" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "资产：存货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:243 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "资产：递延所得税资产" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:245 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "负债：应付账款" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:245 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:270 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:250 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "配置：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:252 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:251 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:252 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "收货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:254 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:253 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "没有会计分录" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:272 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:270 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "客户发票" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "年营收：卖掉的产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:261 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "负债：递延税项负债" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:261 +msgid "9" +msgstr "9" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "资产：应收" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +msgid "109" +msgstr "109" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:269 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:270 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:272 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:272 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "客户发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "生产订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "资产：库存(期末余额)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:295 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "费用：卖产品的成本" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:302 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "费用：采购货物的成本" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "资产：存货(期初值)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "定期存货估值" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " +"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" +"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " +"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " +"testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:314 +msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:322 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:320 +msgid "products leaving the stock have no impact on the average price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "**配置:**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:332 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:334 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" +" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:295 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "费用：存货变动" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:298 +msgid "If the stock value decreased, he makes it upside down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" +msgstr "复式记账存货管理" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "操作" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "生产订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "消耗" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "生产：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "1个循环：产品 → 库存" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "库存：生产订单的物流的原始位置" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "直运" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "配置：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "供应商：在产品表单上" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "客户：在销售订单上" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "客户发货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "1个循环：库存 → 拣货区域" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "包装" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "发货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "仓库内部的调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "转移：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "坏掉的产品(报废)" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "报废：在报废的时候需要的报废库位" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "存货产品丢失" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "存货中的额外产品" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "接收" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "新的销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "工作" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "最小库存规则" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "补货规则" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "路径" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "仓库" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "调拨列表" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "包装列表：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "交货单：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "一个产品" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "产品路径例子：质量控制" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "收货：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "供应商 → 收货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "确认：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "库存：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "Cross-Docks:" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "收获区域 →出货区域" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "发货：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "销售订单行" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "订单：" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "推规则" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "质量控制" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "产品进入收货区" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "推规则1：收货区→ 质量控制" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "推规则2： 质量控制→库存" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "仓库中转区" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "产品进入中转区" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "推：中转区 → 仓库 2" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "补货组" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "拣货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "包装" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "发货单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "..." + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "名词术语" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "过程检视" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "从补货到发货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "如何处理收货？" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "安装采购模块" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "针对收货的退货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "2步采购退货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "在采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "点击查看**调拨单**" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "从仓库的仪表盘" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "在列表中，点击与采购订单相关的一个" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "处理收货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "如何处理发货单？" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "安装销售模块" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "下销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "发货的退货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "从销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "处理发货" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Vaidate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "**路径**：可以使用推拉规则使流程自动化" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" +"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Setup your warehouse" +msgstr "设置仓库" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "导入供应商" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "导入产品" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Make the initial inventory" +msgstr "初始化库存" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "配置销售和采购流程" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set-up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "上设置补货机制" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" +" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " +"and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "高级路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "概念" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "如何在仓库中实现cross-dock？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" +"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "仓库和路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "点击**保存**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "Cross Docking 路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称，简称最多只能5个子。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "创建一个新的库存" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "创建内部调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "什么是补货规则？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick “Advance routing of products " +"using rules”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "补货规则设置" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possibles :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "从另外库位规则移动" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "什么是推规则？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "推规则设置" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "在推规则部分，点击**添加一个新项目**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "在demo用例中创建一个推规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "库存调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "如何使用路径？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "管理产品的生产链" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "管理每一个产品的默认库位" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "预－配置路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "定制路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "仓库中应用的路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "产品上应用的路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "产品种类上使用的路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "销售订单行上的路径" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "拉规则和推规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "请参照文档" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "补货配置" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "按订单补货配置" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "产品成本" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/fifo_lifo.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a perpetual FIFO or LIFO inventory valuation?" +msgstr "如何设置先进先出和后进先出的库存估值方式？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" +msgstr "如何在产品成本中集成到岸成本" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " +"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" +" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " +"impact on company profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 +msgid "Applications configuration" +msgstr "应用配置" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " +"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " +"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " +"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " +"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 +msgid "Landed Cost Types" +msgstr "到岸成本类型" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " +"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " +"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " +"on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 +msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" +msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Landed Costs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " +"attribute landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " +"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " +"easier to keep track your postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " +"across the picking lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "上架和下架策略" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "什么是下架策略？" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and put them into the most appropriate " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affect on the destination location. Put away strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "设置一个策略" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you will purchase products from those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "在那里　你可以看到库位中当前的存货" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "" +"What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Specific Indentification)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "下架策略" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "FIFO (先进先出)" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "我们举个先进先出策略的例子" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "可以在存货估值报表中看到可用存货的详细信息" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "创建一个数量为 ``25`` 的``iPod 32 GB``销售订单并确认该订单" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "LIFO (后进先出)" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "创建一个数量是``10``的``Ipod 32 Gb``的销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to set **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert" +" date** and **removal date** on the serial number. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial " +"number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " +"number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " +"Number should be removed from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:128 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be notified about " +"the goods with this serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Products will pick first with expiry date (removal date), So you have to set" +" removal date on lot/serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "**批次 / 序列号**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "**产品**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "**到期日期**" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "LOT0001" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "冰淇淋" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:147 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-20" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "LOT0002" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-10" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "LOT0003" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "2015-08-15" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 +msgid "How to use packages?" +msgstr "如何使用包裹？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 +msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." +msgstr "默认状态下，Odoo不用该功能" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " +"packages when doing your transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "一旦完成，点击**应用** 。" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 +msgid "Pack products" +msgstr "打包产品" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " +"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " +"**Available**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "一旦完成，点击**确认**。" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 +msgid "Whole packages transfers" +msgstr "整个包裹的转移" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " +"transfer packages with its contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " +"packs**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 +msgid "Transfer packages" +msgstr "调拨包裹" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " +"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " +"Demand** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" +" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 +msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 +msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." +msgstr " 一旦完成，点击**确认**。" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 +msgid "Packages traceability" +msgstr "包裹追踪" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Packages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 +msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`usage`" +msgstr ":doc:`usage`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`uom`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "如何使用不同计量单位？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "给产品设置计量单位" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " +"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "在本示例中，我们用鸡蛋做示例：" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "通常，我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "收货的时候是按照单个(质量检验)" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "在卖给客户的时候是按照一打来卖" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "补货" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "质检过程按照单个检验" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "发货流程" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "计量单位" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "包裹" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "打包" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "在Odoo中，包装使用通常用于标识功能" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "什么时候使用包裹，包装或者计量单位？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`packages`" +msgstr ":doc:`packages`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "B&C T血衫" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "颜色：蓝色，红色，白色，黑色" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "变动的影响" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "要使用产品型号吗？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "何时使用产品型号呢？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "使用产品型号有以下影响：" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "质量：T血衫，马球，衬衫" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "颜色: 红色, 蓝色" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "产品模板：T血衫" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "产品模板：马球" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "激活产品型号特性" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "创建带有型号的产品" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "现在，点击你想添加型号的产品。" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "管理产品型号" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "B&C T血衫" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "颜色: 红色, 蓝色, 白色" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "管理组合可能性" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size does not exist for red and blue " +"t-shirts, you can deactivate this product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "根据型号设置价格" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值，点击***保存*。" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "仓库和库位的区别是什么呢？" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "库位有3种类型：" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "如何创建新的库位" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "创建新库位" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存**." + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "如何创建一个新的仓库" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "发货操作" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "有两种方式给运费开票：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候，发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "价格会在你 * *保存 * *订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +msgstr "在发货单确认的时候，实际的成本就会自动计算。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "回到销售订单，实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候，发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个，每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "配置发货方式" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "公司配置" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "点击打开文档并打印：" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "销售过程" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "销售订单" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "多包裹发货" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "发货设置" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "如何设置发货方法" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "安装存货模块" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "发货" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "如何准备使用的话，就标记为 **可以发货** 。" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6f3b2b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,2678 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-21 11:00+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 03:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 <liangjia@qq.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "终端零售POS" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "主题" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" +msgstr "如何在产品上使用折扣标签" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "条形码规则" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " +"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " +"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " +"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " +"percentage you want to set for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" +" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" +" barcode will be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 +msgid "Scanning your products" +msgstr "扫描产品条形码" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 +msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "You have to scan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "the product" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 +msgid "the discount tag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 +msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 +msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:41 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:42 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 +msgid "Create a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 +msgid "" +"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " +"and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " +"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " +"points** on a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 +msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 +msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 +msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 +msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 +msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " +"other rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " +"ordered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 +msgid "" +"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " +"sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " +"an Item** under **Rewards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 +msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " +"the value of 1 point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " +"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 +msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 +msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 +msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 +msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 +msgid "Gathering and consuming points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 +msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 +msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 +msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" +" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" +" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 +msgid "Discount on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 +msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " +"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " +"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " +"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " +"discounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 +msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " +"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " +"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 +msgid "Set a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " +"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " +"**discount**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " +"process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" +" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " +"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " +"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "Module installation" +msgstr "模块安装" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 +msgid "Mercury Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 +msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " +"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " +"configuration** to the **Payment method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " +"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 +msgid "Save the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "Register a sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " +"Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 +msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 +msgid "Payment with credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" +" card **Payment Method**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " +"the card and validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " +"differents ways to manage several cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 +msgid "Switch cashier without any security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " +"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " +"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 +msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 +msgid "And switch to another cashier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " +"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 +msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 +msgid "Change cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 +msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 +msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 +msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 +msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " +"clicking on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 +msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " +"Sale** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " +"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 +msgid "Change Cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " +"cashier has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 +msgid "Assign session to a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " +"the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 +msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 +msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 +msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " +"of Sale** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 +msgid "Register an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 +msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " +"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " +"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 +msgid "Record a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 +msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 +msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 +msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " +"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 +msgid "The customer is now set on the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "How to reprint receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " +"cashier to reprint receipts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " +"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on **More** and then on **Sales Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "On the orders list, search and click on the order you want to reprint." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 +msgid "On the order, click on reprint." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 +msgid "Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " +"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "Global statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 +msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 +msgid "Cashier statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " +"click on **Print Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 +msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As of December 2015, due to Belgian government restriction, the " +"certification is only valid for Odoo Online instances.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "A POSBox per POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:41 +msgid "POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to setup the blackbox, you will first have to ensure that the " +"POSBoxes you're using have a recent image on them (support for the FDM was " +"added to the POSBox image on the 10th of December 2015). See " +":doc:`../overview/setup` on how to upgrade the POSBox. You can verify that " +"the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going to the *Hardware" +" status page* via the POSBox homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:56 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS is turned into a certified POS by installing the **Belgian " +"Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: ``pos_blackbox_be``). " +"Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this installation cannot " +"be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that each POS configuration " +"has a unique POSBox associated with it (:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox is set)." +" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " +"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:77 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:80 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:82 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:83 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 +msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" +msgstr "收银台(POSBox) 配置向导" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " +"will need :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 +msgid "The POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter" +msgstr "2A电源适配器" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 +msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 +msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another compatible printer (officially " +"supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:218 +msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Old version of the POSBox (before 2015)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Connect peripheral devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " +"might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:46 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:58 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " +"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " +"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " +"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Power the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" +" up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:78 +msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" +" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " +"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:297 +msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " +"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " +"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" +" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " +"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " +"attempt to find it on the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " +"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " +"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:105 +msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " +"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " +"only done once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" +" ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:115 +msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " +"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" +" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " +"5370 chipset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " +"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " +"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " +"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " +"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " +"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " +"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " +"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " +"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " +"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " +"has connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" +" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " +"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " +"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " +"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " +"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" +" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:150 +msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " +"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " +"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " +"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" +" your router documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 +msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " +"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " +"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " +"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " +"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " +"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" +" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " +"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " +"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " +"Point of Sale and the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The goal of this section will be to setup a local Odoo instance that behaves" +" like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Image building process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " +"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " +"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." +" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " +"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " +"stuck or want more detail about something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:195 +msgid "Summary of the image creation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " +"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " +"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " +"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " +"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " +"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " +"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " +"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " +"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " +"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:212 +msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:213 +msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " +"Odoo's built-in driver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221 +msgid "Extra dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " +"need to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:226 +msgid "``# pip --version``" +msgstr "``# pip --version``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 +msgid "If it returns something like::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:232 +msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 +msgid "You can use pip." +msgstr "使用 pip 工具." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 +msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 +msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244 +msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" +msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246 +msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" +msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:249 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " +"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " +"a group that has access to USB devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 +msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" +msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 +msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:259 +msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" +msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " +"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " +"``99-usbusers.rule`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " +"following content::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269 +msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 +msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274 +msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:276 +msgid "" +"``$ ./odoo.py " +"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " +"hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" +msgstr "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:279 +msgid "Test the instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " +"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " +"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " +"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " +"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " +"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:289 +msgid "Automatically start Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" +" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " +"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " +"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " +"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " +"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:305 +msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:308 +msgid "Technical Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:311 +msgid "The POSBox Hardware" +msgstr "收银机(POSBox) 硬件" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " +"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " +"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " +"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " +"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " +"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:322 +msgid "Compatible Peripherals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:328 +msgid "The POSBox Software" +msgstr "收银机(POSBox) 软件" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " +"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " +"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " +"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " +"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " +"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " +"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " +"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " +"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" +" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " +"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " +"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " +"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " +"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " +"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" +" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " +"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " +"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " +"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " +"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 +msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:357 +msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" +msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " +"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " +"``posbox_*``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Accessing the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Local Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:369 +msgid "" +"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" +" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " +"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " +"tasks, like viewing some logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:374 +msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:377 +msgid "Remote Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379 +msgid "" +"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " +"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384 +msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " +"implemented features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:389 +msgid "" +"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " +"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " +"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " +"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " +"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " +"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " +"the POSBox software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " +"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " +"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " +"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " +"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:405 +msgid "The internal Odoo application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Scripts in the folder " +"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:408 +msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:414 +msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " +"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " +"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " +"is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" +" ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " +"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " +"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address. See the relevant " +"paragraph in the Setup chapter of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " +"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:436 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "确认 POS 部分未开启 HTTPS 访问." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" +" IP address in the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:442 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:444 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:459 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:466 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" +" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the POSBox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:474 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:481 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "打印机处于离线" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:488 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:495 +msgid "" +"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " +"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " +"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 +msgid "" +"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" +" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " +"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 +msgid "Camptocamp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 +msgid "BHC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 +msgid "openBig" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 +msgid "Eeezee-IT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 +msgid "Solarsis LDA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 +msgid "ACSONE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 +msgid "Vauxoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:510 +msgid "Ekomurz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 +msgid "Datalp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:512 +msgid "Dao Systems" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513 +msgid "Eggs Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 +msgid "OpusVL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 +msgid "" +"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" +" Bundle:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 +msgid "Willow IT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:520 +msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:521 +msgid "Multibase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:522 +msgid "Mindesa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:523 +msgid "bpso.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:524 +msgid "Shine IT." +msgstr "上海先安信息科技(Shine IT)." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " +"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " +"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " +"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " +"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," +" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " +"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " +"available countries**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 +msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 +msgid "Adding Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " +"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " +"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " +"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "How to easily manage categories?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " +"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " +"products by **Point of Sale Category**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 +msgid "Configuring a payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 +msgid "" +"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " +"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" +" the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 +msgid "Configuring your points of sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " +"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " +"method into the available payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " +"location,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 +msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 +msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 +msgid "" +"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " +"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " +"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " +"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 +msgid "Closing a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " +"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " +"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " +"containing all the transactions performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 +msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 +msgid "Register simultaneous orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " +"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " +"is done or the order is cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Switch from one order to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 +msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 +msgid "Cancel an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " +"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`transfer`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 +msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 +msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " +"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " +"print the order for the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 +msgid "Several printers can be added this way" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " +"the correct printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 +msgid "Print a bill before the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 +msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 +msgid "Finally click on **Print**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 +msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 +msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 +msgid "" +"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 +msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" +" on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " +"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " +"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " +"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " +"will arrive on an empty map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`table`" +msgstr ":doc:`table`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle split bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 +msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 +msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 +msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" +" this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 +msgid "based on the total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 +msgid "based on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 +msgid "Splitting based on the total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " +"each customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " +"Repeat it for each customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " +"the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 +msgid "Split the bill based on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 +msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 +msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 +msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure your table map?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 +msgid "Make your table map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " +"**New Session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " +"can edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 +msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 +msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 +msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 +msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 +msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 +msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 +msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " +"is automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 +msgid "Register your orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " +"table to start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 +msgid "Edit a table map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 +msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle tips?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 +msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 +msgid "Add a product for the tip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" +" all the taxes in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 +msgid "Adding a tip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 +msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 +msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " +"Click on **Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 +msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 +msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up cash control?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 +msgid "Configuring cash control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 +msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 +msgid "Starting a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 +msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." +" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" +" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " +"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " +"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " +"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 +msgid "" +"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" +" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " +"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" +" moment you can take the money out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 +msgid "" +"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" +" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 +msgid "You can now validate the closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoice`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr ":doc:`refund`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 +msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " +"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " +"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 +msgid "Add a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 +msgid "By selecting in the customer list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 +msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " +"on the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " +":doc:`../advanced/register`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "By using a barcode for customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 +msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 +msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " +"assigned to the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " +"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " +"Nomenclatures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 +msgid "Payment and invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " +"and pays with by a ``VISA``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " +"to create an invoice from this order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 +msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 +msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " +"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 +msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 +msgid "" +"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_control`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to return and refund products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " +"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " +"you have to pay back one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " +"process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 +msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 +msgid "Sales application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Creating a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " +"the configuration menu on the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " +"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " +"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" +" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " +"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 +msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 +msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 +msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " +"been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 +msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e26b874c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1087 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2015 +# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-16 15:52+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 04:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "项目管理" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 +msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" +msgstr "如何使用项目来处理索赔/问题？" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" +" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " +"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" +" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " +"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " +"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " +"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." +" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" +" closed more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " +"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " +"**Issue Tracking** modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 +msgid "Create a project" +msgstr "创建项目" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " +"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " +"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " +"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" +" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " +"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" +" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " +"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " +"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 +msgid "Invite followers" +msgstr "邀请关注" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " +"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " +"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" +" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " +"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 +msgid "Set up your workflow" +msgstr "配置工作流" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " +"your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 +msgid "Generate issues from emails" +msgstr "根据邮件生成问题" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 +msgid "" +"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " +"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " +"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " +"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " +"will now see the email address under the name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " +"new issue will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:98 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`external`" +msgstr ":doc:`external`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/external.rst:3 +msgid "How to collaborate with external people?" +msgstr "怎样和外部人员协调" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "首先，你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "项目配置" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "Email 模板" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" +msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/publication.rst:3 +msgid "How to publish the project externally?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "安装所需的应用" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " +"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." +" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "**名称**: 技术支持" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "**产品类型**: 服务型" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "成绩单" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A can" +" be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform as part of" +" a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several employees " +"working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " +"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " +"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " +"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " +"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " +"different tasks you have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" +" application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 +msgid "Creating Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " +"open the project and click on create a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " +"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " +"deadline if there is one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 +msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/terminology.rst:3 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "术语" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting & Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/reporting/close_issue.rst:3 +msgid "How to track velocity to close issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/reporting/efficiency.rst:3 +msgid "How to report project efficiency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/reporting/workload.rst:3 +msgid "How to analyze workload?" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d476e7287 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,2968 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-04 15:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-04 07:12+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "采购" + +#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Purchase Management" +msgstr "Odoo 采购管理" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "名词术语" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:5 +msgid "*Coming soon...*" +msgstr "*等到起, 还没开始写...*" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "过程检视" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" +msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " +"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " +"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " +"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " +"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " +"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " +"better offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " +"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " +"when you already know which supplier to order from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 +msgid "When to use?" +msgstr "什么样的情况适用?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " +"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" +" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " +"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " +"and see if it makes it feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " +"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " +"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " +"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " +"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " +"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 +msgid "When not to use?" +msgstr "什么样的情况不适用?" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " +"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " +"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " +"from a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " +"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " +"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" +" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " +"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 +msgid "" +"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " +"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 +msgid "" +"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " +"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" +" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " +"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," +" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 +msgid "" +"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " +"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购订单**， 请参阅： :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购需求**, 请参阅 :doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " +"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " +"will allow you to handle the whole process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " +"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " +"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " +"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" +msgstr "安装采购管理应用" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " +"Management** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 +msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" +" Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "在 **采购订单** 窗体， 点击 **创建**。" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 +msgid "" +"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 +msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "在 **产品明细** 表格里面， 点击 **添加**。" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 +msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " +"on **Confirm Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " +"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " +":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." +msgstr "如你所见， 该采购订单的状态变成了 ``采购订单`` 。" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 +msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " +"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " +"after payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 +msgid "Payment upon or after reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 +msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " +"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " +"appeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" +" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " +"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " +"marked as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 +msgid "Upfront payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 +msgid "" +"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " +"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," +" and click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" +" appeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 +msgid "" +"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " +"Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" + +#: ../../purchase/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo purchase?" +msgstr "如何配置采购管理?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "采购管理" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "主材数据" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure products for purchases?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" +msgstr "如何导入供应商价格表?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " +"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" +" number of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " +"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 +msgid "Required configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 +msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 +msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 +msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 +msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 +msgid "Import vendor pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +msgid "" +"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " +"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " +"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " +"list of vendors for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" +" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 +msgid "Import the list for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 +msgid "Prepare the document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " +"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " +"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " +"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 +msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "name_id" +msgstr "name_id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "product_code" +msgstr "product_code" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 +msgid "569874" +msgstr "569874" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "price" +msgstr "price" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "1500" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" +msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "currency_id.id" +msgstr "currency_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 +msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "date_end" +msgstr "date_end" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "End date of the price validity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 +msgid "2015-10-22" +msgstr "2015-10-22" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "min_qty" +msgstr "min_qty" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "product_id.id" +msgstr "product_id.id" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 +msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" +msgstr "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "date_start" +msgstr "date_start" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "Start date of price validity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 +msgid "2015-12-31" +msgstr "2015-12-31" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 +msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " +"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " +"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 +msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " +"existing prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " +"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " +"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" +" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " +"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " +"will create a new pricelist line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 +msgid "" +"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " +"product form is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " +"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " +"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " +"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " +"you purchase them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " +"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 +msgid "Install the purchase module" +msgstr "安装 purchase 模块" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " +"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " +"be installed as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 +msgid "Create a Vendor" +msgstr "创建供应商" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " +"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " +"information such as address, phone, email,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " +"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " +"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " +"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 +msgid "Create a product" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " +"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " +"Quotation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create a product enter your purchase module select " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 +msgid "" +"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " +"sold and purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 +msgid "Add Vendors to the product" +msgstr "给产品添加可供货的供应商" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " +"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " +"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" +" vendors manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 +msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " +"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " +"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " +"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " +"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " +"information)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " +"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " +"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" +" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" +" price has automatically been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 +msgid "By adding manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " +"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " +"item** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" +" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " +"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " +"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`configuration`" +msgstr ":doc:`configuration`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " +"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " +"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on “Products”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "定制报表" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:132 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 +msgid "Two level approval setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" +" exceeds a certain limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " +"to configure the company data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " +"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " +"Approve**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 +msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "How to control supplier bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "odoo标准工作流程：" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单，确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)**。" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "安装采购和库存应用" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," +" and click **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " +"it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " +"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " +"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " +"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" +" type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "采购产品或服务" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " +"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " +"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " +"button is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " +"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" +" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " +"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" +" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " +"the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 +msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "管理供应商账单" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " +"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " +"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " +"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " +"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" +" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " +"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 +msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 +msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " +"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" +" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " +"Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 +msgid "Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " +"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" +" all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "取消你的采购订单" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "更多内容请参阅 :doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " +":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "详阅章节 :doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 +msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to purchase in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " +"for a full overview of the purchase process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple offers from suppliers with purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender function" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" +" must first activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " +"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" +" box Allow using call for tenders… (advanced), then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +msgid "Creating a Purchase Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " +"Tenders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In the Purchase Tenders window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase Tenders " +"window opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:43 +msgid "By default, Odoo names PTs \"TEXXXXX\" but you can change it as you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Responsible** field, you can select the person who will be in " +"charge of the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:51 +msgid "In the **Tender Selection Type** menu, you can decide to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"select only one RfQ and automatically cancel all other bid: *Select only one" +" RFQ (exclusive)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +msgid "allow multiple purchase orders for this PT: *Select multiple RFQ*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Tick in the box **Multiple RFQ per vendor** if you wish to allow suppliers " +"to send in more than one Request for Quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the **Tender Closing Deadline** field, select the date to bids are closed" +" for suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Ordering Date** field, select the date to which you will " +"place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the **Scheduled Date** field, select the date to which the products " +"should be delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the **Source Document** field, you can insert a previous PO to use as a " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:78 +msgid "In the Products section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select the product in the **Product** list, then insert **Quantity**. You " +"can add as many products as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save**, then on **Confirm Call**. Two new RFQs/Bids and Request a" +" Quotation tabs have appeared on the right side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on **Request a Quotation** and type in the names of the suppliers you " +"wish to include in the PT, then click on **Create Request for Quotation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:98 +msgid "" +"A list of suppliers has appeared in the **Requests for Quotation** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To send the RfQs to your suppliers, click on the green V icon. You can also " +"review the RfQ before sending them by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:107 +msgid "" +"When you receive offers, click on the RFQs/Bids tab. In the list view, " +"select the company and click on **Edit** to adapt the details as stated in " +"the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:114 +msgid "When you have edited all the corresponding fields, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When the deadline has been reached, click on **Close Call for Tenders**. The" +" status of the PT is now **Bid Selection**. Open the RFQs/Bids tab and open " +"the RfQ(s) you wish to proceed with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Click on **Approve Order** to convert the RfQ into a Purchase Order, the go " +"back to your PT and click on **Done** to close the PT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:128 +msgid "View *Purchase Tenders* in our Online Demonstration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " +"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" +" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " +"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " +"advanced mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " +"and click on **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" +" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" +" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " +"(...)** then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 +msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " +"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " +"way to the **Bid Selection** status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " +"list of products and the bids received for all of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " +"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " +"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " +"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " +"product and supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " +"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" +" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 +msgid "" +"From there, follow the documentation " +":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " +"delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 +msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "配置提前期" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " +"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 +msgid "On a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 +msgid "Supplier lead time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " +"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" +" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " +"product in order to select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " +"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " +"delivery lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " +"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 +msgid "Customer lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " +"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " +"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " +"indicate your customer lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 +msgid "On the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +msgid "" +"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 +msgid "Sales Safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 +msgid "Purchase days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 +msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " +"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " +"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 +msgid "On route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " +"computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " +"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Read the documentation " +":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 +msgid "On document level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 +msgid "Requested date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " +"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " +"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " +"automatically display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " +"the product you need from your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 +msgid "The usual flow is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 +msgid "Create a sale order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 +msgid "Purchase the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 +msgid "Receive and pay the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 +msgid "Deliver your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "产品配置" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " +"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " +"on sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " +"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " +"same quantity through procurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 +msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " +":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "销售订单" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" +" order on the **button** on the top of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " +"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " +"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 +msgid "Purchase order" +msgstr "采购订单" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " +"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " +"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" +" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " +"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 +msgid "Receipt and delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " +"**Receipts** tile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 +msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " +"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " +"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" +msgstr ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" +msgstr ":doc:`warning_triggering`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 +msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " +"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " +"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " +"stock)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" +" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 +msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " +"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " +"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +msgid "" +"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" +" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " +"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " +"item in stock is sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 +msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " +"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " +"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " +"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " +"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " +"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" +" will not allow you to break even." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " +"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " +"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " +"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " +"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " +"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " +"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " +"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " +"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 +msgid "Set up your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " +"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " +"new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 +msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " +"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " +"the Make To Order box)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 +msgid "Create a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 +msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " +"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 +msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " +"**Warehouse** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " +"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " +"will trigger a new order for replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " +"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " +"reorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " +"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " +"set of 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" +" the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 +msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 +msgid "" +"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " +"supplier to receive the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 +msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " +"Rules`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 +msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " +"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " +"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 +msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " +"the customers and vendors or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" +" for purchases and sales:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " +"allows the user to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " +"cannot continue the process further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 +msgid "Module Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" +" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" +" Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 +msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 +msgid "The available warnings are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 +msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 +msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 +msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 +msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 +msgid "Product Warnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 +msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 +msgid "Warning when selling this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 +msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " +"warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" +" warning was set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 +msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " +"able to choose the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 +msgid "Trouble-Shooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 +msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " +"still control the vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " +"Bills`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 +msgid "Incoming Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " +"still control the incoming products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 +msgid "Procurements exceptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 +msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" +" Exceptions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " +"check the message in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " +"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:3 +msgid "My purchase orders have not been generated, why?" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74e43eef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/recruitment.po @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-24 16:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 珠海-老天 <liangjia@qq.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../recruitment.rst:5 +msgid "Recruitment" +msgstr "集资" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12bdd8ed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,1468 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# fausthuang, 2016 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2016 +# Melody <alangwansui@gmail.com>, 2015 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2015-2016 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-01 14:24+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 08:32+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "销售" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "主题" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to grant automatic discounts to loyal customers?" +msgstr "如何给予忠实客户自动折扣" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "如何给我的客户门户访问权限？" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/recurring.rst:3 +msgid "How to automate recurring contracts?" +msgstr "如何自动定期合同？" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/time_material.rst:3 +msgid "Time & Material" +msgstr "时间和材料" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "开票方式" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneaous" +msgstr "杂项" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/misc/deposit.rst:3 +msgid "How to make a deposit invoice for a sale order?" +msgstr "如何给一个销售订单制作一张预付发票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/products/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice based on delivery orders?" +msgstr "如何基于送货单开票?" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" +msgstr "如何给一个项目按里程碑开发票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " +"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " +"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +msgstr "有各种不同的销售服务：按小时/天数预付(比如 支持合同)，基于时间和物料的账单(例如 顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如，一个项目)." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " +"project." +msgstr "在本节中，我们将看看如何按项目的里程碑开发票。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" +" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " +"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " +"price on the sale order :" +msgstr "按里程碑开票可以用在昂贵的或大型项目上，每个里程碑代表了一个明确的工作序列号并将逐步建立来完成合同。例如，聘请的营销机构把一个产品的发布分解成以下的里程碑，其中每一个在销售订单中都被作为一个固定价格的服务。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 +msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" +msgstr "里程碑1：市场营销战略审计 - 5000欧元" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 +msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" +msgstr "里程碑2：品牌识别 - 10000欧元" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 +msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" +msgstr "里程碑3：活动启动及公关 - 8500欧元" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " +"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " +"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " +"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " +"and pay in several times." +msgstr "在这种情况下，每当一个里程碑将成功地达到目标时发票被发送给客户。这种开票的方法对于想通过项目周期确保得到稳定的现金流的公司和想监控项目进度分几次付款的客户都觉得很舒服。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " +"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " +"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " +"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." +msgstr "你也可以使用里程碑的方式按项目的百分比开票。比如，对于一个百万欧元的项目，你的公司也许需要预付15%的款项，在中点再付30%，合同结束时付余清余款。在这种情况下，每个付款都被看作一个里程碑。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 +msgid "Install the Sales application" +msgstr "安装销售管理" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " +"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." +msgstr "为了销售服务和发送发票，你需要从**Apps** 图标安装**销售**模块。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" +" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " +"create a new product with the following setup:" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从**销售模**块中，使用菜单：菜单选项：销售-->产品，按以下步骤生成一个产品：" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 +msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" +msgstr "**名字**：战略审计" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "**产品类型**: 服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " +"milestone after it has been delivered" +msgstr "**开票策略**：已发货的数量，你将在发货后开票。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " +"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " +"tab on your sale order" +msgstr "**跟踪服务**：手动在订单上设置数量，当你完成了每个里程碑，你将手动在销售订单的\"已发货“标签更新他们的数量。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 +msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." +msgstr "为其他里程碑做同样的配置。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 +msgid "Managing your project" +msgstr "管理项目" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 +msgid "Quotations and sale orders" +msgstr "销售报价及销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " +"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" +" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " +"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " +"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " +"corresponding milestone has been achieved." +msgstr "现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了，你能创建一个报价或者订单，每行对应一个里程碑。每行设置**订购量**为1当每个里程碑完成时。当报价被确认并转化成一个销售订单，你可以更改发货数量当对应的里程碑达到目标时。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "发票的里程碑" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " +"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " +"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " +"related product to ``1``." +msgstr "让我们假设你的第一个里程碑(战略审计)已成功交付并要其开具发票给客户。在销售订单，点击**编辑**，并设置相关产品的**交货数量**为 1。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " +"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " +"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " +"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" +msgstr "当上述修改已经保存，你会发现，线的颜色变为蓝色，这意味着该服务现在可以开具发票。在同一时间，所以发票的状态已经从**没有可开发票**到**可开票**" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " +"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " +"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." +msgstr "点击**创建发票**，并在新的弹出窗口中选择**开票线**和验证。这将创建一个新的发票(处于草案状态)，只有在**战略审核**产品为客户开具发票。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " +"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " +"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " +":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "为了能够为产品开票，你需要设置的**会计**模块和配置会计日记账和科目表。点击以下链接了解详情：：doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " +"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" +" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." +msgstr "回到您的销售订单上，你会发现，你的订单行的**开具发票**的列进行了相应的更新，而且**发票状态**回到了**没有可开发票**。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 +msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." +msgstr "按一样的流程为你剩下的里程碑开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`recurring`" +msgstr ":doc:`recurring`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`time_materials`" +msgstr ":doc:`time_materials`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:127 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`support`" +msgstr ":doc:`support`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/recurring.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage recurring invoices (through contracts)?" +msgstr "如何管理经常性发票(通过合同)？" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" +msgstr "如何为你的客户重开费用发票。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "如果你的员工在为您的客户的项目工作时经常花自己的个人的钱。别如，在与您的客户开会时我们的员工支付了停车位费用。作为一家公司，你希望能够将此花费开票给你的客户。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " +"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " +"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " +"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." +msgstr "在该文档中，我们将看到两个用例。第一，非常基本的，一个简单的费用的开票给您的客户就像为一个产品所做的那样。第二个，更先进，由您的员工进入你的费用系统直接开票给你的客户。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 +msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" +msgstr "用例 1：简单的费用开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " +"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " +"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " +"invoice them." +msgstr "以下作为示例，你正在给其中的一个客户(``Agrolait``)升级并且你需要打印很多复印件，这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 +msgid "Create product to be expensed" +msgstr "创建费用产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 +msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." +msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印”的产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 +msgid "" +"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " +"create a product as follows:" +msgstr "在 **销售** 模块下, 进入：菜单选项：销售 --> 产品并创建一个如下产品： " + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 +msgid "**Product type**: consumable" +msgstr "**产品类型**: 耗用品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " +"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" +msgstr "**开票原则 **：基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 +msgid "Create a sale order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " +"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " +"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" +" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " +"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." +msgstr "现在产品已经设置好了，就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从：菜单选项：销售-->销售订单)，数量设置为0。点击**确认订单**确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 +msgid "Invoice expense to your client" +msgstr "开据客户费用发票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " +"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " +"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" +" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" +" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." +msgstr "到了月末，你已经为客户打印了1000份并且你想要对他们重新开票。就可以从相关的销售订单上点击**发货数量**，手工的输入复印件数量并点击***保存*。订单行就变为蓝色，意味着可以开票。然后点击***创建发票*" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " +"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" +" due by your customer." +msgstr "销售订单上的总数量是0因为发票是基于发货数量的。发票会根据发给该客户的正确的数量进行计算" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " +"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " +"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." +msgstr "生成的发票是草稿状态，所以你总是可以控制数量并且变更总量。你能注意到要开票的数量是基于发货的数量" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 +msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." +msgstr "点击确认让客户付款" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 +msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" +msgstr "用例2：通过费用模块给费用开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " +"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " +"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." +msgstr "要解释这个，让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客``Agrolait``一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 +msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" +msgstr "现在，你需要再安装两个模块" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 +msgid "Expense Tracker" +msgstr "费用追踪" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" +" settings" +msgstr "需要在会计模块的设置中激活辅助核算会计" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 +msgid "Create a product to be expensed" +msgstr "创建一个费用类别的产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 +msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." +msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为 ``公里``的产品。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 +msgid "Product can be expensed" +msgstr "可以被报销的产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 +msgid "Product type: Service" +msgstr "产品类型: 服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 +msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "开票策略：基于记工单开票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 +msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" +msgstr "费用类的开票原则：基于成本" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 +msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" +msgstr "追踪服务：手工的在订单上设置数量" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " +"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." +msgstr "仍是从销售模块：进入菜单选项：`销售-->销售订单`并在订单行上添加产品**咨询**。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " +"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " +"edit** to configure it." +msgstr "如果产品还不存在，我们可以在销售订单上即时的创建。只需要在**产品**字段输入产品名称并点击**创建编辑**就可以创建" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " +"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " +"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " +"order." +msgstr "根据产品的配置，一个**分析科目**可以自动的生成，如果没有的话，你也可以容易的创建一个，用来在销售订单上链接费用。不要忘了确认销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " +"to learn more about that concept." +msgstr "参考文档\n：文档：`../../../会计/其余/辅助核算/使用` 中可以了解概念" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 +msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" +msgstr "创建相关费用单据并关联到销售订单(SO)" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " +"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " +"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." +msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是``1.000公里`` 。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " +"as follows:" +msgstr "进入**费用**模块并点击**创建**。输入以下费用：" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 +msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" +msgstr "**费用描述**：2015年10月份公里数" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 +msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" +msgstr "**产品**：公里数" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 +msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" +msgstr "**数量**: 1.000" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 +msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" +msgstr "**分析账户**：SO0019 - Agrolait" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " +"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " +"will automatically be generated on the sale order." +msgstr "点击**提交给经理**。只要费用被批准后就会传到会计分录，一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 +msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." +msgstr "现在就可以把所有发票行开票给你的客户了" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`milestones`" +msgstr ":doc:`milestones`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`../products/delivery`" +msgstr ":doc:`../products/delivery`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" +msgstr "如何刚给支持合同开票(预付小时数)？" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " +"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " +"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +msgstr "有不同种类的销售服务：预付小时数／天数(例如支持合同)，基于记工单的开票(例如咨询顾问时间)以及固定价格合同(例如一个项目)。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" +"paid support contract." +msgstr "在本章节，我们来看一下如何销售和追踪预支付的支持合同" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer." +msgstr "例如，你可以销售一个价格为``$25,000`的``50 小时`` 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 +msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" +msgstr "安装销售和记工单应用" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " +"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " +"want to track support services you worked on every contract." +msgstr "为了能销售服务，你需要从**APP**图标安装**销售**模块，并且安装从**记工单**应用" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 +msgid "Create Products" +msgstr "创建产品" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 +msgid "" +"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " +"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " +"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " +"option." +msgstr "默认状况下，产品是根据单位数量销售的，为了能按``每小时``销售服务，必须使用产品的多种计量单位，在销售模块下，进入菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`，在本页面激活 多种*计量单位*选项" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " +"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" +" setup:" +msgstr "为了能够销售支持合同，必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从**销售**应用下，进入菜单选项：`销售-->产品`，用以下步骤创建新的产品：" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "**名称**: 技术支持" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 +msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" +msgstr "**计量单位**：小时" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " +"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " +"delivered quantities." +msgstr "**开票原则**：订单数量，因为服务是预先支付的，我们可以根据订单数量开票，而不是根据实际发货数量" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " +"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" +" can track hours in the related account." +msgstr "**追踪服务 **：合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项，然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 +msgid "" +"There are different ways to track the service related to a sale order or " +"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " +"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " +"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." +msgstr "有不同的方式来追踪和销售订单相关或者和产品相关的服务，根据上面的配置，只能够在一个订单上销售一个支持合同。如果客户同时订购不同的记工单的服务，就必须要把询价单分成不同的订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " +"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" +" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " +"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." +msgstr "需要知道除了小时我们还可以使用别的计量单位，例如：天，40/周等。而这些只需要在**计量单位**类别下设置一个和**小时**的转换规则即可(例如：1天＝8小时)。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 +msgid "Managing support contract" +msgstr "管理支持合同" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 +msgid "Quotations and Sale Orders" +msgstr "报价单和销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sale order with" +" the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a" +" sale order, your users will be able to record services related to this " +"support contract using the timesheet application." +msgstr "一旦创建了产品，你就可以用该产品创建报价单或者销售订单。一旦报价单被确认掉并且转为小昂首订单，你的用户就可以使用记工单应用记录和支持合同相关的服务。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "记工单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " +"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " +"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " +"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." +msgstr "要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务，需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建， (屏幕上的``SO009 - Agrolait`` ),然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 +msgid "Control delivered support on the sale order" +msgstr "在销售订单上控制已交付的支持" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 +msgid "" +"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" +" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " +"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" +" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " +"timesheet." +msgstr "在**销售**应用下，使用菜单：菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售订单`来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上，可以看到**交货数量**会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 +msgid "Upselling and renewal" +msgstr "向上销售和更新" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " +"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, the sale order " +"**Invoicing Status** is automatically set to **Upselling**. This means you " +"have an opportunity to sell an extra contract to the customer since he used " +"all his quota of service." +msgstr "如果在销售合同上记录的小时数大于或者等于客户采购的数量，销售订单的**开票状态**就会自动的被设置为**向上销售**。这样意味着你有一个额外合同的新的商机可以卖给该客户，因为他已经使用完了所购的服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the sales " +"order that are in an upselling status. To do this, go to the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order` menu and use the **Upselling** filter" +" to get all orders that are in upselling." +msgstr "定期地(最好每两周一次)，你可以检查在向上销售状态的销售订单。要这样做的话，进入菜单选项：`销售 --> 销售订单`菜单并使用**向上销售**过滤器收集所有在向上销售状态的订单" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " +"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " +"upselling effort." +msgstr "如果你使用Odoo CRM，最好的联系就是为每个在向上销售开票状态的销售订单创建一个商机，这样你就可以容易追踪向上销售" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " +"existing sale order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " +"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " +"contract). To unmark the sale order as **Upselling**, you can set the sale " +"order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." +msgstr "如果你销售额外的支持合同，你还可以在目前的销售订单中添加新的订单行(因此，你可以继续在同一张合同上记工单)或者创建一个新的订单(这样，就需要在新建的合同上记工单)。取消标记销售订单的**向上销售**状态，并把销售订单设置完成状态，然后该订单就从向上销售列表中消失" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:141 +msgid "Special Configuration" +msgstr "特殊配置" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " +"the service:" +msgstr "在创建产品表单的时候，选择不同方式跟踪该服务" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:146 +msgid "" +"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " +"sale order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on a" +" sale order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " +"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " +"service contracts within the same sale order." +msgstr "**创建任务并追踪小时数**：在该模式下，每个订单行都会创建一个任务。然后在你记录记工单的时候，不需要在销售订单／合同上输入。而是在每个任务(代表合同)上记录记工单。该方案的优点是能够在同一张销售订单上销售不同服务合同。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " +"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " +"manually on the sale order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." +msgstr "**手工地**：如果你不在Odoo中记录记工单就可以使用该种模式。特定合同的工作时间手工地在销售订单行的交货数量字段直接记录。" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:160 +msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" +msgstr "如何基于时间和材料开具发票？" + +#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "主要概念" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" +msgstr "ODOO 销售管理介绍" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "成绩单" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." +msgstr "作为一个销售经理，使用Odoo销售关闭商机非常简单" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "" +"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " +"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" +" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." +msgstr "我选择了一个预先定义好的一个产品的报价单。产品以及详细的服务已经在报价单中，当然我可以根据客户的需求调整报价" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " +"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " +"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " +"opportunities more easily." +msgstr "界面很用起来很顺手，我可以添加参照，一些朗朗上口的语句例如关闭触发器(*如果在15天内签掉报价单，就能为你省下$500*)。我有一个漂亮且时尚的设计，这些能让我容易关闭商机。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " +"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " +"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " +"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " +"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " +"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " +"delivery order automatically." +msgstr "还有，从手机端查看报价非常容易。真的非常容易。客户得到带有清晰表格的报价单。我们可以清晰的交流。我标记了一个向上销售的商机。所以我通过在报价单上添加更多产品调整报价。当报价单准备好，客户只是需要轻轻点几下鼠标就可以在线签核。销售和主要的货代服务商都有集成，例如UPS FedEx，US PS以及更多，签核的报价单会子佛纳甘的创建发货单。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." +msgstr "就是这样简单，我只是点击了记下鼠标就把产品卖掉了" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " +"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " +"any information related to the transaction." +msgstr "只要指尖轻轻一点，我也可以得到事务和交流沟通的历史记录。这能让每一个股东都能清楚的了解过去的交易，以及与之关联的所有信息" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " +"something like:" +msgstr "如果想要显示信息，我会从客户表达中来做，例如：" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 +msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" +msgstr "在 \"客户\" 看板视图上, 点击相应客户" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 +msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" +msgstr "点击机遇，点击报价" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" +msgstr "回到客户(Breadcrumb)" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 +msgid "Click on customer statement letter" +msgstr "点击客户账单信件" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " +"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " +"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " +"to my dashboard in just a click." +msgstr "任何时候，我都可以得到基于我的销售活动的深度挖掘的报表。根据部门中销售人员的营收,更具产品种类的营收，甚至每月或者每季度卖出的每一样产品。我超级喜欢这些报表，我只需要点几下鼠标就可以加到我的仪表盘中" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " +"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." +msgstr "销售是一个强大并且易用的APP，首先我使用销售planer（向导）\n在这里我得到有趣的提示用来提高我的销售业绩" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " +"increase your success rate." +msgstr "现在就开始你的Odoo销售并且创建漂亮的报价单，神奇的仪表盘然后增加成功几率" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "开票流程概述" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块，在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常，系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "基于你的业务场景，可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票：" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)`" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "在大多数公司里面，销售人员创建报价单，并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式：" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "基于订单数量开票：在触发交货单之前给整张订单开票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" +msgstr "基于交货数量开票：见下章节" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中，通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" +" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "对于其余大多数用例，建议手工开票。这能让销售人员有选择地开票：基于订单行开票，基于百分比开票(预付)，基于固定价格开票。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:38 +msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" +msgstr "详阅: *基于销售订单开票.*" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" +msgstr "：菜单选项：`销售订单 --> 交货--> 开票`" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " +"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " +"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " +"(invoice based on actual Kg)." +msgstr "零售和电商通常根据交货数量开票，而不是基于销售订单。此种方法适用于业务场景中实际发货数量和订单数量不一致的情况：食品(根据实际发出的公斤数开票)。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "该方法下，如果你部分发货，只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出)，客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 +msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" +msgstr ":菜单选项:`再发性合同 (订阅) --> 开票`" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "对于订阅，发票会定期地，自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" +msgstr ":菜单选项:`电商订单 --> 开票`" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "在全部付款完成后，电商订单也会触发订单的创建，如果允许通过支票和电汇付款，Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "手工创建发票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块，建议使用手工创建发票。" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票，在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票：" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "如果需要创建退款" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "如果需要折扣" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "其余" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "一些特定的模块也可以生成草稿发票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 +msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "会员：每年给会员开票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 +msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "维修：售后服务的开票" + +#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Sales terminologies" +msgstr "销售术语" + +#: ../../sales/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "过程检视" + +#: ../../sales/overview/process/from_quote_to_so.rst:3 +msgid "From quotation to sales order" +msgstr "从报价单到销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "产品和价格" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Prices Management" +msgstr "价格管理" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "销售消耗品的时候，标价通常都包含税(例如，大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中，公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "Odoo能容易地管理两种用例，不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价)，你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价)：就是这么简单。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称，例如本用例中，比利时的税率是21%：" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)**的产品" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "会做成**8.26€ (不含税)** 和** 1.74€的税**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "但是对于同一个用例，如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€)，但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€，原因是：" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "所以，基于你在产品信息中维护的价格，你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果：" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "不含税: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "含税价: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "如果以10€的含税价买了100片，结果看起来会很有意思。\n你会得到：**1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** ，这和\n不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "在财务方面，你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加，因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务，为了讨好顾客，你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率，或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙，因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理，而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "要避免此种复杂状况，最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来：价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上)，然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用，而你不需要做特别的配置。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税，但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须：" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "对于本文当的目的,我们会使用以上的用例：" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€，不含税价" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "但是我们却想在我们店铺或者电商应用中卖10€，含税价" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "设置你的产品" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以会计模块的菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`中勾选**默认销项税** " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "一旦完成，你就可以创建***B2C*价格表。你可以在以下路径激活价格表特性：销售模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格**" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "一旦完成，从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表：销售模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 价格表`。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "然后，创建一个标价为8.26€的产品，税是 21%(价外税)，并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下路径设置：销售模块菜单选项：`销售 --> 产品` " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "设置B2C的财政位置" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财政位置：会计模块菜单选项：`配置 --> 财政位置`。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(价外税)和VAT 21%(价内税)的映射" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "创建报价单测试" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "在销售模块下创建一个报价单，使用：菜单选项：`销售 --> 报价单`菜单。你会得到以下结果：8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "然后，创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的**价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C**。你会得到预期的结果：总价是10€，对客户就是：8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " +"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " +"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " +"every sale of this customer." +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你可以在客户的信息中维护价格表和财政位置，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动带出正确的价格和税。" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "价格表在客户的**销售 & 采购**标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "注意有一个错误的倾向：如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表，你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply discounts and limited offers?" +msgstr "如何应用折扣和限额报价？" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/specific.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply specific prices to a quotation / sales order?" +msgstr "如何在一个报价单／销售订单上应用特殊价格？" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to comply with local taxes?" +msgstr "如何依从当地的税率？" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products Management" +msgstr "产品管理" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell products in different currencies?" +msgstr "如何用不同币别销售产品？" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/margin.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep control of margins on retailer price?" +msgstr "如何确保零售价总是有利润？" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/version.rst:3 +msgid "How to create different versions of a product (size, colour, etc.)?" +msgstr "如何创建产品的不同版本(尺寸，颜色等)？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation" +msgstr "报价单" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online Quotation" +msgstr "网上报价" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create/ edit an online quotation?" +msgstr "如何创建/编辑在线报价？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/followup.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow up a quotation sent to a opportunity?" +msgstr "如何追踪一个发送到商机的报价单？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/online/validate.rst:3 +msgid "How can my client validate an online quotation?" +msgstr "我的客户如何可以验证网上报价？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery address?" +msgstr "如何使用不同的发票和送货地址？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 +msgid "How to create my first quotation?" +msgstr "如何创建我的第一个报价？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " +"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " +"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." +msgstr "报价单是发送给客户的用于提供产品或者服务预估成本的文档。客户可以接收报价，这时候销售人员就需要发布一个销售订单。或者客户不接受。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " +"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " +"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " +"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." +msgstr "例如，我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买``3 iPads`` 。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单，报价``320 USD``，``5%``的折扣。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 +msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." +msgstr "本节将告诉您如何进行。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 +msgid "Install the Sales Management module" +msgstr "安装 销售管理 模块" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " +"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." +msgstr "为了能发出你的第一个报价单，你需要在Odoo后台的APP模块中安装**销售管理**模块。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 +msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" +msgstr "允许指定销售行的折扣信息" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " +"chances to convert the prospect into a client." +msgstr "在报价单上允许设置折扣是一个常见的销售活动，它可以改进把潜在客户变成正式客户的机会。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " +"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " +"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " +"below) and apply your changes." +msgstr "在我们的示例中，我们想要给``Agrolait``一个``5%``的销售折扣。要想使用该特性，进入**销售**应用，选择：菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置`然后在**报价和销售**勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣**(见下图)并且使用变更。 " + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 +msgid "Create your quotation" +msgstr "创建销售询价单" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " +"follows:" +msgstr "要创建你的第一个报价单，点击：菜单选项：`销售 --> 报价单`并点击**创建**。然后，按照以下步骤完成报价：" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 +msgid "Customer and Products" +msgstr "客户与产品" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " +"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " +"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" +" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" +" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " +"and the discount if applicable." +msgstr "添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n从报价单视图中，在**客户**的下拉列表中选择客户，并且在**订单行**点击**添加一个新的项目**并选择产品。不要忘了在**订单数量**手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " +"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" +msgstr "如果在你的Odoo环境中还没有客户或者产品，你可以在创建报价单的时候随手创建客户或者产品：" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" +" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" +" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " +"contact." +msgstr "添加一个新的客户，点击**客户**的下拉菜单并且点击**创建和编辑**。在新的窗口中，你将能记录客户所有的详细信息，例如地址，网址，电话号码和个人联系信息" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " +"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" +" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " +"etc.) along with a picture." +msgstr "要添加一个新的产品，在**订单行**中点击添加一个新项目并在下拉列表中选择**创建和编辑**。你就可以记录按照以下图片记录产品信息(产品类型，成本，销售价格，开票规则等)" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " +"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " +"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " +"percentage) and save." +msgstr "要设置税的参数，只需要在产品行的税字段点击**创建和编辑**。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是``21%`` )并保存。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "条款和条件" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " +"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." +msgstr "你可以选择报价单的到期日期并且可以直接在报价单中添加公司的条款和条件(见下图)。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 +msgid "Preview and send quotation" +msgstr "预览并发送报价" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " +"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " +"PDF version with all your quotation details." +msgstr "在发送报价单之前，如果想预览报价单。可以点击**打印**按钮(右上角)。它会给你呈现出一个带有详细信息的PDF版本" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " +"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " +"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " +"Configure company data`." +msgstr "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址，网址，图标等)：进入**设置**菜单：`设置 --> 通用设置--> 配置公司的数据`。" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " +"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " +"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." +msgstr "点击**通过电邮发送**可以自动的把报价单作为电子邮件的附件发送给你的客户。你可以在发送邮件之前调整邮件内容，甚至可以把它保存，作为以后可以重复使用的模板" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation`" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`optional`" +msgstr ":doc:`optional`" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:130 +msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" +msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions`" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 +msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" +msgstr "如何在报价显示可选产品？" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/recurring.rst:3 +msgid "How to create recurring quotations?" +msgstr "如何建立周期性报价" + +#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "How to link my terms and conditions on a quotation?" +msgstr "如何在报价中链接我的条款和条件？" + +#: ../../sales/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../sales/reporting/kpi.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow my sales KPIs?" +msgstr "如何跟随我的销售 KPI" + +#: ../../sales/reporting/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "How to get statistics from my orders & invoices?" +msgstr "如何从我的订单和发票的统计数据？" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a59558353 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1063 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2016 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-01-28 16:42+0530\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 03:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "网站" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To setup the signin process with Google, first you have to perform the " +"following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Connect on your google account and go to " +"https://console.developers.google.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 +msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu APIs (from menu APIs and auth)" +" and activate **\"Analytics API\"** by clicking on button \"OFF\". When it's" +" done, check that the button of **\"Calendar API\"** is well in green and " +"with text \"ON\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the menu on left side, select the sub menu **\"Credentials\"** (from menu" +" APIs and auth) and click on button **\"Create New Client ID\"**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Name of application and check that the platform is well on " +"**\"Web Application\"**. You should now configure the allowed pages on which" +" you will be redirected. To do it, you need to complete the field " +"**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " +"``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" +" ID\"**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, you will have the both informations (**Client ID** and **Client " +"Secret**) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 +msgid "Click on **Apply**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:6 +msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" +msgstr "Odoo中如何做SEO优化?" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " +"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " +"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" +" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:23 +msgid "Page speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:26 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " +"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " +"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " +"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " +"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " +"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " +"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" +"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:44 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:46 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:49 +msgid "Static resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:51 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:54 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:56 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:60 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" +" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:70 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:121 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:80 ../../website/seo.rst:122 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:74 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:76 ../../website/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../website/seo.rst:123 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:78 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" +" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " +"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " +"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" +" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " +"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " +"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:118 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:120 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " +"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " +"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " +"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:140 +msgid "Static resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:145 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:147 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:150 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " +"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" +" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " +"from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:168 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:170 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " +"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " +".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:195 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:209 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "CDN" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:232 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "HTML 页面" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " +":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " +"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:241 +msgid "" +"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " +"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:252 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">一些文本</p>``" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:254 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:257 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">一些文本</p>``" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:260 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:262 +msgid "" +"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" +" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " +"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:270 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " +"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " +"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:277 +msgid "Browser caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: " +"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:286 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:294 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:296 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:301 +msgid "" +"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" +" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:310 +msgid "URLs handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:313 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:315 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:317 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:319 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:321 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:323 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " +"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " +"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" +" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:331 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" +" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named “Pain carré” will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on" +" the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:343 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:348 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:350 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:352 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:355 +msgid "" +"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " +"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:362 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:364 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:366 +msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:368 +msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:370 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:374 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" +" most search engines treat now “\\_” as a word separator, it has not always " +"been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:382 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:384 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:387 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:389 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:392 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:394 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:396 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:398 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:400 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:406 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:408 +msgid "" +"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" +" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " +"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" +" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:414 +msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " +"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " +"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:421 +msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:423 +msgid "" +"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " +"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:427 +msgid "" +"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:430 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:440 +msgid "Multi-language support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:443 +msgid "Multi-language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:445 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:448 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " +"default)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (英文 = 默认)" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:450 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文)" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:457 +msgid "Language annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:459 +msgid "" +"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " +"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " +"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:464 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:467 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:469 +msgid "" +"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" +" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:473 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" +" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:478 +msgid "Language detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:480 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " +"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " +"language to avoid any redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:489 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:496 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:499 +msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " +"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " +"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " +"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " +"people search in Google." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:507 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " +"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " +"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " +"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:516 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:519 +msgid "" +"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" +" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " +"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " +"blog posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:528 +msgid "" +"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " +"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " +"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:538 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:544 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:546 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:553 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:570 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:580 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "robots.txt" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " +"content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:585 +msgid "User-agent: \\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:587 +msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:590 +msgid "Content is king" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:592 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your contents on your website:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:595 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:599 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" +" Odoo.com landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:603 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:608 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:611 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:616 +msgid "Social Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:619 +msgid "Twitter Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:621 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:625 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " +"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" +" **Website Admin** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:632 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/seo.rst:634 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +msgstr ""